ት Tergwame Greek · Coptic · Ethiopic · Syriac · Armenian · Georgian · Latin

Greek · Commentary ·

In Isaiam

John Chrysostom · khazarzar

BothSourceEnglish
JSON Dossier
machine-draft · no human review 171 passages · 48,890 words

Sources and records

About this work

Apparatus · what the pipeline recorded

Annotation and terms

0 commentary units 10 derived notes 0 open questions 171 narrative
What the kinds mean

Pipeline notes

  • coverageNo English translation could be identified: a language model asked twice could not name one, though it could not rule one out either. That is not proof that none exists — translations in dissertations, recent books and other modern languages are easily missed.
  • limitThe English is a machine draft produced passage by passage from the transcribed Greek; no human has verified it. The commentary is model-written and cites only keys the pipeline could resolve.
  • registerRegister: commentary in ancient Greek; the English keeps the liturgical formulae and the vocatives rather than normalising them.
  • structurePassages: 171 narrative.
  • caution8 passage(s) are fragmentary in the source; the English bridges each break and says so in the note.
  • scripture2 scriptural phrase match(es) noted: Isaiah 7:14; John 1:29.
  • sourceSource edition: khazarzar.
  • sourceLicence: Migne PG text (public domain); khazarzar host and the digitising project state no licence for this layer

Term index

SourceRenderingCountFirst
no glossary terms recorded
khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:101 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τὸ δέ Ἠκούσθη νῦν, οὐχ ὡς τότε τῶν πραγμάτων

γνωρίμων γενομένων αὐτῷ ταῦτά φησιν, ἀλλ' ὡς τῆς δίκης κατὰ πόδας ἰούσης λοιπὸν καὶ τῆς ἀνταποδόσεως γινομένης. Ἐὰν γὰρ γένωνται οἰκίαι πολλαί, εἰς ἔρημον ἔσονται μεγάλαι καὶ καλαὶ καὶ οὐκ ἔσονται οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν αὐταῖς. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἡ πλεονεξία· ὅταν πλείονα περιβάλῃ τοῖς ἔχουσι, καὶ τῶν προτέρων αὐτοὺς ἐξήγαγεν. Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα αἰνίττεται λέγων ὅτι ὅταν οἰκοδομήσητε λαμπρῶς καὶ τὰ πάντων ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ποιήσησθε, τότε καὶ τῶν προτέρων ἀποστήσεσθε. Καὶ στήσονται αἱ οἰκίαι οἰκήτορας μὲν οὐκ ἔχουσαι, σάλπιγγος δὲ πάσης λαμπροτέραν ἀφιεῖσαι φωνὴν κατὰ τῶν παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἡρπακότων αὐτάς, τῆς ἐρημώσεως τῆς ἐπιτεταμένης ἀντὶ τροπαίου τινὸς φαινομένης. Οὗ γὰρ ἐργῶνται δέκα ζεύγη βοῶν, ποιήσει κεράμιον ἕν· καὶ ὁ σπείρων ἀρτάβας ἕξ, ποιήσει μέτρα τρία. Ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς χώρας ἐρημίαν ἐξάγει τὸν λόγον, ὥστε πάντοθεν καταπλῆξαι τὸν ἀκροατήν. Οὔτε γὰρ αἱ οἰκίαι, φησί, καθέξουσι τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας, οὔτε ἡ γῆ τὴν αὐτῆς ἐπιδείξεται δύναμιν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς διὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἁμαρτίαν ἀκάνθας καὶ τριβόλους ἐξήνεγκε· καὶ μετ' ἐκεῖνον διὰ τὴν τοῦ Κάϊν παρανομίαν ἐλάττονα πολλῷ τῶν πόνων τῶν ἐκείνου καὶ τῆς οἰκείας ἰσχύος τὴν φορὰν ἐπεδείκνυτο. Καὶ πολλαχοῦ δὲ ἀλλαχοῦ ἴδοι τις ἂν διὰ τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτίας αὐτὴν κολαζομένην. Καὶ τί θαυμάζεις, εἰ πηροῖ τὰς γονὰς αὐτῆς καὶ τὰς ὠδῖνας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ παρανομία, ὅπου γε καὶ φθαρτὴ δι' ἡμᾶς ἐγένετο, καὶ ἄφθαρτος πάλιν δι' ἡμᾶς γίνεται;

English

But the phrase "it has now been heard" he says not as though the matters had then become known to him, but as though justice were now following close on their heels and retribution were being exacted. For if many houses are built, great and beautiful, they will be desolate, and there will be none to dwell in them. For such is greed: when it surrounds those who possess with more, it has driven them out even of what they had before. This is what he hints at here as well, saying that when you build splendidly and make everything your own, then you will also lose what you had before. And the houses will stand with no inhabitants, sending forth a voice louder than any trumpet against those who seized them in violation of the beginning, the desolation that has been inflicted appearing like a kind of trophy. For where ten yoke of oxen labor, it will produce one jar; and he who sows six artabae will produce three measures. From the city he leads his discourse to the desolation of the countryside, so as to strike the hearer with amazement from every side. For neither will the houses, he says, hold their inhabitants, nor will the earth display its own power. For from the beginning, because of Adam's sin, it brought forth thorns and thistles; and after him, because of Cain's transgression, it displayed a yield far less than that man's labors and its own strength. And in many places one could see it punished because of the sins of men. And why do you marvel if transgression blinds its offspring and the pangs of men, when it has even become corruptible because of us, and again becomes incorruptible because of us?

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:102 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὅλως τὸ εἶναι δι' ἡμᾶς ἔλαβε καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν διακονίαν, καὶ τὸ οὕτως ἢ ἐκείνως εἶναι πάλιν ἐντεῦθεν λαμβάνει τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν ῥίζαν. Οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Νῶε. Ἐπειδὴ πρὸς κακίαν ἐσχάτην ἐξώκειλε τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ φύσις, πάντα ἐφύρετο τὰ πράγματα καὶ σπέρματα καὶ φυτὰ καὶ ἀλόγων γένη καὶ γῆ καὶ θάλαττα καὶ ἀὴρ καὶ ὄρη καὶ νάπαι καὶ βουνοὶ καὶ πόλεις καὶ τείχη καὶ οἰκίαι καὶ πύργοι· καὶ πάντα ἁπλῶς ἐκείνῳ τῷ φοβερῷ τότε ἐκρύπτετο πελάγει. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ πάλιν ἐπιδοῦναι τὸ γένος ἔδει, τὴν οἰκείαν εὐταξίαν ἀπελάμβανεν ἡ γῆ καὶ εἰς τὴν προτέραν εὐμορφίαν ἐπανῄει πάλιν. Ἴδοι δ' ἄν τις τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ μέρους γινόμενον διὰ τὴν εἰς ἀνθρώπους τιμήν. Καὶ γὰρ πέλαγος ἠφανίσθη καὶ πάλιν ἐφάνη καὶ ἥλιος ἐχαλινώθη μετὰ σελήνης καὶ τὸν οἰκεῖον δρόμον ἐπέλιπε καὶ πῦρ τὰ ὕδατος ἐπεδείξατο καὶ γῆ τὰ πελάγους καὶ πέλαγος τὰ τῆς γῆς· καὶ πάντα, ὡς εἰπεῖν ἁπλῶς, πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μετασχηματίζεται λυσιτέλειαν. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ πάντων τιμιώτερος ἄνθρωπος καὶ δι' αὐτὸν τὰ γενόμενα ἅπαντα, διά τοι τοῦτο καὶ νῦν, ἐπειδὴ ἥμαρτεν ὁ τῶν Ἰουδαίων δῆμος, ἐπέχει τῆς γῆς τὰς ὠδῖνας ὁ Θεὸς καὶ μετὰ πολλοὺς πόνους καὶ ἱδρῶτας οὐκ ἀφίησι τὰς ἐκείνης λαγόνας τὴν εἰωθυῖαν φορὰν ἐνεγκεῖν, ἵνα κἀντεῦθεν μάθωσιν ὅτι οὐ γεωργικῶν χειρῶν τέχνη, οὐδὲ βόες καὶ ἄροτρον, οὐδὲ γῆς φύσις, οὐδὲ ἄλλο τῶν τοιούτων οὐδέν, ἀλλ' ὁ τούτων ἁπάντων Δεσπότης οὗτός ἐστιν, ὁ καὶ δαψιλεῖ τῇ χειρὶ πάντα ἐκχέων καὶ πάλιν, ἐπειδὰν βούληται, συστέλλων ἅπαντα. Οὐαὶ οἱ ἐγειρόμενοι τὸ πρωῒ καὶ τὸ σίκερα διώκοντες, οἱ μένοντες τὸ ὀψέ.

English

For since being itself has wholly come to be on our account, and it receives its beginning and root from this source in the way it is, so too in the case of Noah. When the nature of human beings had lapsed into the utmost wickedness, all things were confounded—seeds and plants and the races of irrational creatures, earth and sea and air, mountains and glens and hills, cities and walls and houses and towers; and simply all things were hidden by that fearful flood at that time. And when it was again necessary for the race to increase, the earth received back its own good order and returned again to its former beauty. One might see this happening also in part because of the honor shown to human beings. For the sea was made to vanish and appeared again, and the sun was curbed together with the moon and abandoned its own course, and fire displayed the works of water and earth those of the sea and the sea those of the earth; and all things, so to speak, are transformed for the benefit of human beings. And since human beings are more honored than all things, and all things that have come to be exist for their sake, for this reason even now, when the people of the Jews sinned, God holds back the earth's birth-pangs and, after many labors and sweats, does not allow its womb to bring forth its customary produce, so that from this too they may learn that it is not the skill of farming hands, nor oxen and plow, nor the nature of the earth, nor any other such thing, but the Master of all these is the one who both pours out all things with a lavish hand and again, whenever he wishes, contracts them all. Woe to those who rise early and pursue strong drink, who linger until evening.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:103 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὁ γὰρ οἶνος αὐτοὺς συγκαύσει. Μετὰ γὰρ κιθάρας καὶ ψαλτηρίου καὶ τυμπάνων καὶ αὐλῶν τὸν οἶνον πίνουσι· τὰ δὲ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἐμβλέπουσι καὶ τὰ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ οὐ κατανοοῦσι. Κατηγορήσας αὐτῶν πλεονεξίαν πολλήν, καὶ τὴν ῥίζαν τοῦ κακοῦ τίθησιν. Αὕτη δὲ ἦν ἡ μέθη, μυρίων γινομένη κακῶν ὑπόθεσις, καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν μετὰ τοσαύτης τολμᾶται τῆς ὑπερβολῆς.

Σκόπει γοῦν, πῶς μετὰ ἀκριβείας αὐτοὺς κωμῳδεῖ. Πᾶσαν γὰρ τὴν ἡμέραν εἰς τοῦτο δαπανᾶσθαί φησιν. Οὐ γὰρ ὅταν ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι δέῃ, τοῦτο πράττουσι, φησίν, ἀλλὰ πάντα τὸν καιρὸν μέθης ποιοῦντες καιρὸν καὶ ἐκ προοιμίων τῆς ἡμέρας, ὅτε μάλιστα αὐτοῖς προσέχειν ἐχρῆν, πολλῷ τῷ ἀκράτῳ διδόντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἄκοντες λοιπὸν καὶ μέχρι τῆς ἑσπέρας ἐναπομένοντες τῷ νοσήματι. Ἐπειδὰν γὰρ ἅπαξ φθάσωσι καταποντισθῆναι εἰς τὸν τῆς ἀκρασίας βυθὸν καὶ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν

ἐκπέσωσι φρενῶν καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν αἰχμάλωτον τῇ πονηρᾷ τῆς μέθης παραδῶσι τυραννίδι, καθάπερ πλοῖον ἀνερμάτιστον καὶ κυβερνήτου καὶ ναυτῶν ἀπεστερημένον, ἁπλῶς καὶ εἰκῆ φέρεται, τῇ τῶν ὑδάτων ἀτάκτῳ ῥύμῃ πανταχοῦ περιαγόμενον· τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ τρόπον καὶ οὗτοι ὑπὸ τῆς μέθης ὑποβρύχιοι γενόμενοι. Διό φησιν· Οὐαὶ οἱ ἐγειρόμενοι τὸ πρωῒ καὶ τὸ σίκερα διώκοντες. Οὐ γὰρ τὴν χρείαν ἐπλήρουν, οὐδὲ ἀνέμενον ἐπιθυμίας γενομένης πληρῶσαι τὴν ἔνδειαν, ἀλλ' ἔργον ἐποιοῦντο τοῦτο καὶ μελέτην, τὸ διηνεκῶς μεθύειν. Διό φησιν· Οἱ διώκοντες τὸ σίκερα. Σίκερα δὲ ἐνταῦθά φησι τῶν φοινίκων τὸν ὀπόν, ὃν ἐπετήδευον, συντρίβοντες τὸν καρπὸν καὶ καταθλῶντες, εἰς οἴνου μετασχηματίζειν φύσιν.

English

For wine will burn them up. For with lyre and harp and timbrels and flutes they drink wine; they do not look upon the works of God, and the works of his hands they do not consider. Having accused them of great greed, he also sets down the root of the evil. And this was drunkenness, which becomes the occasion of countless evils, and especially when it is dared with such great excess.

Consider, then, how he mocks them with precision. For he says that the whole day is spent on this. For they do not do this, he says, when it is time to take lunch, but making every season a season of drunkenness, and from the very prelude of the day—when they especially ought to be attentive—giving themselves over to much unmixed wine, and thereafter, even unwillingly, remaining in the disease until evening. For once they have been sunk into the depth of intemperance and have fallen out of their natural

senses and handed over the soul as a captive to the wicked tyranny of drunkenness, like a ship without ballast and deprived of both pilot and sailors, it is carried along simply and at random, driven everywhere by the disorderly rush of the waters; in the same way these too become submerged by drunkenness. Therefore he says: Woe to those who rise early and pursue strong drink. For they were not fulfilling need, nor were they waiting for desire to arise and fill their want, but they made this their work and study—to be continually drunk. Therefore he says: Those who pursue strong drink. And by strong drink here he means the juice of palms, which they practiced, crushing and pounding the fruit, to transform it into the nature of wine.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:104 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καρωτικὸν δέ ἐστι τὸ τοιοῦτον καὶ μέθης ἐργαστικόν. Ἀλλ' οὐδὲν ὑφωρῶντο τούτων ἐκεῖνοι, τὴν ἡδονὴν πανταχοῦ διώκοντες μόνον. Οἱ μένοντες τὸ ὀψέ. Ὁ γὰρ οἶνος αὐτοὺς συγκαύσει. Τοιαύτη γὰρ τῆς μέθης ἡ φύσις· προϊοῦσα αὔξεται, καὶ χαλεπώτερον τὸ δίψος ποιεῖ. Εἶτα καὶ ἕτερον οὐκ ἔλαττον ἔγκλημα τοῦ προτέρου προστίθησι, λέγων· Μετὰ γὰρ κιθάρας καὶ ψαλτηρίου καὶ τυμπάνων καὶ αὐλῶν τὸν οἶνον πίνουσι. Τοῦτο καὶ ἕτερος ἐγκαλεῖ προφήτης λέγων· Οἱ πίνοντες τὸν διυλισμένον οἶνον καὶ τὰ πρῶτα μύρα χριόμενοι, οἱ κροτοῦντες πρὸς τὴν φωνὴν τῶν ὀργάνων. Ὡς ἑστῶτα ἐλογίσαντο καὶ οὐχ ὡς φεύγοντα. Καὶ γὰρ ἐσχάτης ἀναλγησίας τοῦτο σημεῖον καὶ ψυχῆς ἐκλελυμένης, τὸ θέατρον ποιεῖν τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τοιούτοις ᾄσμασιν ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδιδόναι. Ὅπερ γὰρ ἡ μέθη ποιεῖ σκοτοῦσα, τοῦτο ἡ μουσικὴ μαλάττουσα τὸ εὔτονον τῆς διανοίας καὶ κατακλῶσα τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν ἀνδρείαν καὶ ἐπὶ μείζονας ἐξάγουσα ἀσελγείας. Τὰ δὲ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἐμβλέπουσι καὶ τὰ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ οὐ κατανοοῦσιν. Ἢ τὰ θαύματα αὐτοῦ φησιν, ἢ τῆς κτίσεως τὴν θεωρίαν. Πῶς δ' ἂν δύναιντο γενέσθαι θεαταί, τὴν μὲν ἡμέραν νύκτα ἐργαζόμενοι, τὴν δὲ νύκτα τῶν νεκρῶν οὐδὲν ἄμεινον διακείμενοι; πῶς δυνήσονται ἥλιον ἰδεῖν ἀνατέλλοντα καὶ οὐρανοῦ κάλλος λάμπρον καὶ τὸν ποικίλον τῶν ἄστρων ἐν ἑσπέρᾳ χορὸν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην τῆς κτίσεως εὐταξίαν τε καὶ διακονίαν, τῶν ἔξωθεν καὶ τῶν ἔνδοθεν ὀφθαλμῶν ἀπεστερημένοι;

English

Such a thing is stupefying and productive of drunkenness. But those men suspected nothing of these things, pursuing pleasure everywhere only. Those who remain until late. For wine will burn them up. For such is the nature of drunkenness: as it advances it grows, and it makes the thirst more grievous. Then he adds another accusation no less than the first, saying: For with lyre and harp and timbrels and flutes they drink wine. Another prophet also brings this charge, saying: Those who drink the strained wine and anoint themselves with the finest perfumes, who clap to the sound of the instruments. They reckoned them as standing still and not as fleeing. For this is a sign of the utmost insensibility and of a slackened soul, to make one's own house a theater and to give oneself over to such songs. For what drunkenness does by darkening, music does by softening the tension of the mind and breaking down the courage of the soul and leading it out to greater licentiousness. And the works of God they do not look upon, and the works of his hands they do not consider. Either he means his wonders, or the contemplation of creation. But how could they be able to become spectators, making the day night, and passing the night no better than the dead? How will they be able to see the sun rising and the bright beauty of heaven and the varied dance of the stars in the evening and the rest of the order and service of creation, deprived as they are of both the outward and the inward eyes?

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:105 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὐ μικρὸν οὖν τοῦτο ἠδίκηνται, τὸ ἀθέατοι τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ θαυμάτων ἐκ τοῦ παρόντος ἀπελθεῖν βίου, πάντα τὸν χρόνον ἐν τῷ σκότει τῆς μέθης κατορωρυγμένοι. Τοίνυν αἰχμάλωτος ἐγενήθη ὁ λαός μου, διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι αὐτοὺς τὸν Κύριον. Πάλιν τὸ μέλλον ὡς γεγενημένον ἀπαγγέλλει καὶ τιμωρίαν ἐπάγει τῇ πλημμελείᾳ ταύτῃ. Ἱκανὴ μὲν γὰρ καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ μέθη ἀντὶ πάσης γενέσθαι κολάσεως, θορύβους ἐμποιοῦσα τῇ ψυχῇ, ζόφου πληροῦσα τὴν διάνοιαν, αἰχμάλωτον καθιστῶσα αὐτήν, μυρίων αὐτοὺς ἐμπιπλῶσα νοσημάτων τῶν ἔνδοθεν, τῶν ἔξωθεν. Οἶδε τοῦτο καὶ Παῦλος ὅτι κακία ἀντὶ τιμωρίας γίνεται· διό φησι· Καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν, ἣν ἔδει, τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες. Ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ καὶ τοῦτο τῆς ἀναισθησίας αὐτῶν, τὸ κολάζεσθαι καὶ μηδὲ αἰσθάνεσθαι, τὸ νοσεῖν καὶ μηδὲ εἰδέναι ὅτι νοσοῦσιν, ἐπάγει καὶ τὴν ἔξωθεν τιμωρίαν λέγων· Τοίνυν αἰχμάλωτος ἐγενήθη ὁ λαός μου, διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι αὐτοὺς τὸν Κύριον. Καὶ πλῆθος ἐγενήθη νεκρῶν διὰ λιμὸν καὶ δίψαν ὕδατος. Ὅρα καὶ ἐν τῇ τιμωρίᾳ πολλὴν τὴν νουθεσίαν καὶ οὐκ ἀθρόον τὴν βαθυτάτην ἐπαγομένην τομήν. Οὐ γὰρ εὐθέως τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν ἐπήγαγεν, ἀλλὰ λιμὸν πρότερον καὶ αὐχμόν, ἵνα οἴκοι μένοντες γένωνται βελτίους, μηδὲ ἀνίατα νοσοῦντες ἐφελκύσωνται τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων στρατόπεδον. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐκ εἶξαν, οὐδὲ ἐκέρδαναν ἐντεῦθεν, ἐπάγει λοιπὸν τὴν ἐσχάτην τιμωρίαν αὐτοῖς. Ἀλλ' ὅμως πρὸ ἐκείνων ταύτην ἐπαίρει καὶ ἐξογκοῖ τῷ λόγῳ τὴν τοῦ λιμοῦ, λέγων· Ἐπλάτυνεν ὁ ᾅδης τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ·

English

So this is no small penalty they have suffered—to depart from this present life without having seen the wonders of God, having been buried the whole time in the darkness of drunkenness. Therefore my people have become captive, because they did not know the Lord. Again he announces the future as though it had already happened, and he brings punishment upon this transgression. For drunkenness itself is sufficient to serve as every punishment, producing disturbances in the soul, filling the mind with gloom, making it captive, and filling them with countless diseases, both within and without. Paul also knows this, that vice becomes a punishment; therefore he says: And receiving in themselves the due recompense of their error. But since this too is part of their insensibility—to be punished and not even perceive it, to be sick and not even know that they are sick—he brings on the external punishment as well, saying: Therefore my people have become captive, because they did not know the Lord. And a multitude became dead through famine and thirst for water. Observe how even in the punishment there is much admonition, and the deepest cutting is not brought on all at once. For he did not immediately bring on the captivity, but first famine and drought, so that by remaining at home they might become better, and not, being incurably sick, draw the camp of the barbarians upon themselves. But since they did not yield, nor profit from this, he then brings the final punishment upon them. Yet even before those things he exalts and magnifies in his discourse the famine, saying: Hades has enlarged his soul.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:106 · narrative
Source · Greek

οὐχ ὡς ψυχὴν τοῦ ᾅδου ἔχοντος, ἀλλὰ προσωποποιεῖ τὴν ἀπειλήν, ἐμφατικώτερον τὸν λόγον ποιῆσαι βουλόμενος καὶ τὸν φόβον ἀκμάζοντα ἐναποθέσθαι τῇ διανοίᾳ τῶν ἀκουόντων. Διὸ καὶ ἐπιμένει λέγων· Καὶ διήνοιξε τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ, τοῦ μὴ διαλιπεῖν· ὡς περὶ θηρίου τινὸς διηγούμενος καὶ ἐγγὺς αὐτῶν

τὴν εἰκόνα τῶν πραγμάτων ἄγων. Καὶ τὸ δὴ χαλεπώτερον, ὅτι οὐκ ἤνοιξε τὸ στόμα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μένει κεχηνὼς καὶ κόρον οὐ λαμβάνων τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ κατορυττομένων. Καὶ καταβήσονται εἰς αὐτὸν οἱ ἔνδοξοι καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι καὶ οἱ λοιμοὶ αὐτῆς. Εἶτα, ἵνα μάθῃς, ὅτι οὐ κατὰ φύσεως ἀκολουθίαν τὸ γινόμενον ἦν, ἀλλὰ θεήλατος ἦν ἡ πληγὴ καὶ ψῆφος ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν κατενεχθεῖσα, τοὺς ἐν περιφανείᾳ, τοὺς ἐν δυναστείᾳ, τοὺς πάντα συγχέοντας, καὶ ἄνω καὶ κάτω τὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ποιοῦντας πράγματα, τούτους ἐκεῖ καταβήσεσθαι ἔφησε. Λοιμοὺς δὲ εἰκότως αὐτοὺς καλεῖ, ἅτε οὐ μέχρι ἑαυτῶν τὴν κακίαν διατηροῦντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς ἄλλους τὴν νόσον διαβιβάζοντας. Τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ τοῦ λοιμοῦ φύσις· ἐπειδὰν ἄφ' ἑνὸς ἄρξηται σώματος, ὁδῷ βαδίζουσα τὸ λοιπὸν ἐπινέμεται πλῆθος. Καὶ ὁ ἀγαλλιώμενος ἐν αὐτῇ. Ὁ τρυφῶν, ὁ σκιρτῶν, ὁ νομίζων ἀκίνητα ἔχειν τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμπεσεῖται καὶ ἁλώσεται. Καὶ ταπεινωθήσεται ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἀτιμασθήσεται ἀνήρ. Καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οἱ μετέωροι ταπεινωθήσονται. Καὶ ὑψωθήσεται Κύριος Σαβαὼθ ἐν κρίματι. Ὅρα πάλιν Θεοῦ κηδεμονίαν. Οὐ γὰρ πανωλεθρίαν ἐργάζεται, οὐδὲ ὅλον ἐκ μέσου τὸν δῆμον αὐτῶν ἀνάρπαστον ποιεῖ, ἀλλ' ἀφίησί τινας, ὥστε τῇ τιμωρίᾳ τῶν ἀπελθόντων γενέσθαι βελτίους.

English

Not as though Hades had a soul, but he personifies the threat, wishing to make the word more vivid and to implant the fear at its height in the mind of the hearers. Therefore he continues, saying: And he opened his mouth, so as not to pause—describing it as though of some wild beast and bringing the image of the events near to them. And what is even more grievous, that he did not open his mouth only, but also remains gaping and takes no surfeit of those buried within him. And there shall go down into him the glorious and the great and the rich and the pestilences of her. Then, so that you may learn that what was happening was not by a natural sequence, but the blow was God-sent and a vote brought down from the heavens, those in prominence, those in power, those who confound everything and turn the affairs of the Jews upside down and back again—these, he said, shall go down there. And with good reason he calls them pestilences, inasmuch as they do not keep their wickedness to themselves, but pass the disease on to others also. For such is the nature of a pestilence: once it has begun from one body, proceeding on its way it thereafter devours a multitude. And he who exults in her. He who lives in luxury, he who leaps for joy, he who thinks he has goods that cannot be moved—he too shall fall in and be captured. And man shall be brought low and a man shall be dishonored. And the eyes that are lifted up shall be brought low. And the Lord Sabaoth shall be exalted in judgment. Observe again God's care. For he does not work utter destruction, nor does he snatch the whole of their people out of the midst, but he lets some go, so that by the punishment of those who have departed they may become better.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:107 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τοῦτο γοῦν αἰνιττόμενος ἔφησεν, ὅτι Ταπεινωθήσονται, τουτέστιν, οἱ μένοντες, οἱ ὑπολιμπανόμενοι. Καὶ ὑψωθήσεται Κύριος Σαβαὼθ ἐν κρίματι, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ἅγιος δοξασθήσεται ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ. Δύο τίθησιν ἀγαθά, ὅτι κἀκεῖνοι τῆς φλεγμονῆς ἀπαλλαγήσονται καὶ ἔσονται βελτίους καὶ ὁ Θεὸς θαυμασθήσεται παρὰ πᾶσιν· τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν· Ὑψωθήσεται καὶ δοξασθήσεται· διὰ τῆς κολάσεως αὐτῆς, διὰ τῆς τιμωρίας. Τί δέ ἐστιν· Ἐν κρίματι; Διὰ τῆς ἐκδικήσεως. Καὶ βοσκηθήσονται οἱ διεσπαρμένοι ὡς ταῦροι καὶ τὰς ἐρήμους τῶν ἀπειλημμένων ἄρνες φάγονται. Τὴν ὀλιγότητα ἐνταῦθα αἰνίττεται τῶν ὑπολειφθέντων καὶ τὴν ἐπιτεταμένην ἐρημίαν τῆς χώρας. Οὐαὶ οἱ ἐπισπώμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν ὡς σχοινίῳ μακρῷ καὶ ὡς ζυγοῦ ἱμάντι δαμάλεως τὰς ἀνομίας αὐτῶν. Οἱ λέγοντες· Τὸ τάχος ἐγγισάτω, ἃ ποιήσει ὁ Θεός, ἵνα ἴδωμεν· καὶ ἐλθέτω ἡ βουλὴ τοῦ ἁγίου Ἰσραήλ, ἵνα γνῶμεν. Τῶν προφητῶν ἀπειλούντων συνεχῶς καὶ τὰ φοβερὰ προαναφωνούντων, οἱ ψευδοπροφῆται πρὸς χάριν διαλεγόμενοι καὶ τοῦ δήμου τὸν τόνον ἐκλύοντες τὰ μὲν ἐκείνων ἔφασκον εἶναι ψευδῆ, τὰ δὲ αὐτῶν ἀληθῆ. Πολλοὶ τοίνυν ἀπατώμενοι ἠπίστουν καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς ῥήμασιν. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ αἱ προφητεῖαι οὐχ ὁμοῦ τε ἐλέγοντο καὶ ἐξέβαινον· προφητείας γὰρ ἦν φύσις τὸ πρὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου τὰ μέλλοντα ἐκβήσεσθαι προαναφωνεῖν· ἐπεὶ οὖν συνεχῶς μὲν ἔλεγον οἱ προφῆται τοὺς λιμούς, τοὺς λοιμούς, τοὺς πολέμους, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἔργων αὐτὰ οὐκ ἐδείκνυον, τέως τὴν τοῦ χρόνου μέλλησιν ἀφορμὴν εἰς ἀπιστίαν λαμβάνοντες οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἠπατημένων ἔλεγον· Ἐλθέτω τὰ λεγόμενα·

English

Hinting at this, then, he said, "They shall be brought low," that is, those who remain, those who are left behind. "And the Lord Sabaoth shall be exalted in judgment, and the holy God shall be glorified in righteousness." He sets forth two good things: that those men will be delivered from the inflammation and will become better, and that God will be admired by all. For this is what it means: "He shall be exalted and glorified"—through the very punishment, through the very chastisement. And what does "in judgment" mean? Through the vengeance. "And the scattered shall feed as bulls, and the lambs shall eat the desolate places of those who have been taken." Here he hints at the fewness of those left behind and the extreme desolation of the land. "Woe to those who draw their sins after them as with a long rope, and their iniquities as with the strap of a heifer's yoke. Those who say, 'Let the swift thing draw near, which God will do, that we may see it; and let the counsel of the Holy One of Israel come, that we may know it.'" Since the prophets were continually threatening and foretelling terrible things, the false prophets, speaking to please and slackening the tension of the people, kept saying that the former's words were false and their own true. Many, then, being deceived, disbelieved even the very words. Then, since the prophecies were not spoken and fulfilled at the same time—for it was the nature of prophecy to proclaim beforehand things that would come to pass a long time later—since, then, the prophets continually spoke of famines, plagues, and wars, but did not show these things in actual deeds, in the meantime the many who had been deceived, taking the delay of time as an occasion for disbelief, said, "Let what is spoken come.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:108 · narrative
Source · Greek

εἰ ἀληθεύετε, ἐγγισάτω τὰ πράγματα· δείξατε ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ἐπεὶ οὖν τὴν αὐτοῦ μακροθυμίαν ὑπόθεσιν ἀπιστίας ἐποιοῦντο καὶ ἐντεῦθεν προσετίθεσαν αὐτῶν τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι, τό τε ἀπιστεῖν, τό τε διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν ῥᾳθυμότεροι γίνεσθαι, εἰκότως αὐτοὺς ὁ προφήτης θρηνεῖ λέγων ὅτι καθάπερ σχοινίῳ μακρῷ, οὕτως ἕλκετε καθ' ἑαυτῶν τὴν ὀργὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ αὔξετε ὑμῖν τὴν πονηρίαν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀπιστεῖτε τοῖς λεγομένοις ῥήμασιν, λείπεται λοιπὸν τὴν διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπενεχθῆναι πεῖραν ὑμῖν. Ὥστε οἱ τὰ κακὰ ἐπισπώμενοι ὑμεῖς ἐστε, οἱ τοῖς λεγομένοις ἀπιστοῦντες. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν· Οὐαὶ οἱ ἐπισπώμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν· τουτέστι, τὴν ἀντίδοσιν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων. Ὡς σχοινίῳ μακρῷ πόρρωθεν ἕλκετε, φησί, τὴν ὡρισμένην τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν ὑμῶν δίκην καὶ ὡς ζυγοῦ ἱμάντι δαμάλεως τὰς ἀνομίας αὐτῶν, δαμάλεως ὑπὸ ζυγὸν οὔσης, ἵνα εἴπῃ τὸ εὔτονον, τὸ μετὰ σπουδῆς. Ὡς ἐάν τις ἱμάντι εὐτόνῳ ἐφελκύσαιτό τι, οὕτως ὑμεῖς διὰ τῆς ἀπιστίας ἐφέλκεσθε καθ' ὑμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ὀργήν. Εἶτα λέγει καὶ πῶς ἐφέλκονται· Οἱ λέγοντες· Τὸ τάχος ἐγγισάτω ἃ ποιήσει ὁ Θεός, ἵνα

English

If you speak the truth, let the matters be brought near; show us in deeds the counsel of God. Since, then, they made his long-suffering a ground for unbelief, and from this added to their sins both the unbelief itself and the becoming more slack because of the unbelief, the prophet rightly laments them, saying that like a long rope, so you drag upon yourselves the wrath of God, and you increase your wickedness. For since you disbelieve the words that are spoken, it remains henceforth for the trial through deeds to be brought upon you. So that it is you who draw evils upon yourselves, you who disbelieve what is spoken. Therefore he says: Woe to those who draw their sins to themselves; that is, the recompense of their sins. As with a long rope, he says, you drag from afar the punishment appointed for your sins, and as with the strap of a yoke the heifer's lawless deeds—a heifer being under a yoke—so as to express the tautness, the eagerness. As if one should draw something with a taut strap, so you through unbelief draw upon yourselves the wrath of God. Then he says also how they draw it: Those who say, Let the swiftness draw near of the things God will do, so that

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:109 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἴδωμεν. Ὃ καὶ ἕτερος προφήτης ἐγκαλεῖ λέγων· Οὐαὶ οἱ ἐπιθυμοῦντες τὴν ἡμέραν Κυρίου. Καὶ ἵνα τί ὑμῖν ἡ ἡμέρα αὕτη; Καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶ σκότος καὶ οὐ φῶς καὶ γνόφος οὐκ ἔχων φέγγος αὐτῆς. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἀπιστοῦντες ἔλεγον· πότε ἥξει ἡ ἡμέρα τῆς κολάσεως καὶ τῆς τιμωρίας; Οὐαὶ οἱ λέγοντες τὸ πονηρὸν καὶ τὸ καλὸν πονηρόν· οἱ τιθέντες τὸ φῶς σκότος καὶ τὸ σκότος φῶς· οἱ τιθέντες τὸ γλυκὺ πικρὸν καὶ τὸ πικρὸν γλυκύ. Πάλιν περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν διαλέγεται. Ἐπειδὴ τοὺς μὲν προφήτας ὕβριζον καὶ ἀπατεῶνας ἔλεγον, τοὺς δὲ ψευδοπροφήτας ἐτίμων καὶ ἀνέστρεφον τῶν πραγμάτων τὴν τάξιν, ταλανίζει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῇ κρίσει τῇ διεφθαρμένῃ. Οὐαί, φησίν, οἱ λέγοντες τὸ πονηρὸν καλόν, τουτέστι, τὴν ψευδοπροφητείαν καὶ τὸ καλὸν πονηρόν, τὴν προφητείαν· οἱ τιθέντες τὸ φῶς σκότος καὶ τὸ σκότος φῶς· οἱ τιθέντες τὸ γλυκὺ πικρὸν καὶ τὸ πικρὸν γλυκύ. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ φορτικά, φησί, τὰ ῥήματα, ἀλλ' οὐδὲν γλυκύτερον τῶν προφητῶν, τῇ τῶν ῥημάτων ἀπειλῇ τὴν διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀποκρουομένων πεῖραν. Εἰ καὶ γλυκέα τὰ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν, ἀλλ' οὐδὲν αὐτῶν πικρότερον, τῇ χάριτι τῶν λόγων τὴν διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπαγόντων ἀπειλήν. Εἶδες προφήτου σοφίαν, πῶς ἀνέστρεψεν αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόνοιαν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τοῖς μὲν ὡς πικρότατα φθεγγομένοις οὐ προσεῖχον, τοῖς δὲ ὡς προσηνεστάτοις καὶ γλυκύτητα πολλὴν ἔχουσιν, ἔφησεν, ὅτι τοὐναντίον μὲν οὖν ἐστι· πολὺ τῶν προφητῶν τὸ μέλι, πολλὴ δὲ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν ἡ πικρία· οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ τοῦ σκότους τὸν λόγον μεταχειριστέον ἡμῖν. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὴν πλάνην ἦγον, οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐχειραγώγουν·

English

Let us see. Another prophet also brings this charge, saying: Woe to those who desire the day of the Lord. And why is this day yours? It is darkness and not light, and gloom that has no brightness of its own. For they too, in their unbelief, were saying: When will the day of punishment and retribution come? Woe to those who call evil good and good evil; who put light for darkness and darkness for light; who put sweet for bitter and bitter for sweet. Again he speaks about the same people. Since they were insulting the prophets and calling them deceivers, while honoring the false prophets and overturning the order of things, he pronounces woe upon them for their corrupted judgment. Woe, he says, to those who call evil good—that is, false prophecy—and good evil—that is, prophecy; who put light for darkness and darkness for light; who put sweet for bitter and bitter for sweet. For even if, he says, the words are burdensome, nothing is sweeter than the prophets, who by the threat of their words drive off the experience that comes through deeds. Even if the words of the false prophets are sweet, nothing is more bitter than they, who by the charm of their words bring on the threat that comes through works. Do you see the prophet's wisdom, how he overturned their presumption? For since they paid no attention to those who spoke the harshest things, but to those who spoke most agreeably and had great sweetness, he said that the opposite is in fact the case: great is the honey of the prophets, and great is the bitterness of the false prophets; so too we must handle the account of light and darkness. For the one led people to error, the other guided them by the hand to the truth.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:110 · narrative
Source · Greek

καὶ οἱ μὲν τῷ ζόφῳ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας μονονουχὶ τὰς χεῖρας δήσαντες παρεδίδοσαν, οἱ δὲ ὅπως ἐν τῷ φωτὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀγάγωσι, πάντα ἔπραττον. Ἐπεὶ οὖν τὰς ἐναντίας περὶ τούτων δόξας εἶχον καὶ τὰς οὐ προσηκούσας, εἰκότως αὐτοὺς διορθοῦται λέγων· Οἱ τιθέντες τὸ φῶς σκότος καὶ τὸ σκότος φῶς. Οὐαὶ οἱ συνετοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς καὶ ἐνώπιον αὑτῶν ἐπιστήμονες. Οὐ μικρὸν καὶ τοῦτο ἐλάττωμα, τὸ σοφόν τινα νομίζειν ἑαυτὸν καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ λογισμοῖς τὸ πᾶν ἐπιτρέπειν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκεῖνο γίνεται· [λέγω δὴ τὸ φάσκειν τὸ πονηρὸν καλόν, καὶ τὸ καλὸν πονηρόν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς]. Τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Παῦλος τοῖς ἔξω φιλοσόφοις ἐγκαλῶν ἔλεγεν ὅτι Φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοί, ἐμωράνθησαν. Ἐντεῦθεν γὰρ ἐμωράνθησαν, καὶ ὁ παροιμιώδης λόγος πάλιν φησίν· Εἶδον ἄνθρωπον δοκοῦντα εἶναι σοφὸν παρ' ἑαυτῷ· ἐλπίδα δὲ ἔχει μᾶλλον ὁ ἄφρων αὐτοῦ. Τοῦτο καὶ Παῦλος ἐγκαλεῖ πάλιν λέγων· Μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ' ἑαυτοῖς· καὶ πάλιν· Εἴ τις δοκεῖ σοφὸς εἶναι ἐν ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, γενέσθω μωρός, ἵνα γένηται σοφός. Μὴ τῇ οἰκείᾳ σοφίᾳ, φησί, μηδὲ τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ἐπιτερπέσθω λογισμοῖς, ἀλλ' ἐκείνους κατευνάσας, ἐκδιδότω τὴν ψυχὴν τῇ τοῦ Πνεύματος διδασκαλίᾳ. Ἐπεὶ οὖν καὶ παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις τοιοῦτοί τινες ἦσαν ὑπερορῶντες μὲν τῶν προφητῶν ὡς ποιμένων καὶ αἰπόλων, βουλόμενοι δὲ σοφίζεσθαι οἴκοθεν, ὃ καὶ ἀπονοίας αὐτοῖς ὑπόθεσις ἐγίνετο, καὶ τοῦ καταφρονεῖν τῶν λεγομένων, εἰκότως αὐτοὺς θρηνεῖ λέγων· Οὐαὶ οἱ συνετοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς καὶ ἐνώπιον αὑτῶν ἐπιστήμονες. Οὐαὶ οἱ ἰσχύοντες ὑμῶν, οἱ τὸν οἶνον πίνοντες καὶ οἱ δυνάσται, οἱ κιρνῶντες τὸ σίκερα.

English

And some, having all but bound their hands with the darkness of captivity, were handing them over, while others did everything so as to lead them into the light of freedom. Since, then, they held contrary and improper opinions about these matters, he rightly corrects them, saying: Who put light for darkness and darkness for light. Woe to those who are wise in themselves and knowledgeable before themselves. This too is no small defect—for someone to think himself wise and to entrust everything to his own reasonings. For from this comes that very thing [I mean, the claiming that evil is good, and good evil, and the rest]. This is what Paul too said, charging the philosophers outside the faith: Claiming to be wise, they became fools. For from this they became fools, and the proverbial saying again says: I saw a man seeming to be wise in his own eyes; but the fool has more hope than he. This Paul also charges again, saying: Do not become wise in your own eyes; and again: If anyone thinks he is wise in this age, let him become a fool, that he may become wise. Do not, he says, take delight in one's own wisdom, nor in one's own reasonings, but having put those to rest, let him surrender his soul to the teaching of the Spirit. Since, then, among the Jews too there were some such persons, who looked down on the prophets as shepherds and goatherds, but wished to be wise on their own account—which also became for them a ground of folly and of despising what was said—he rightly laments them, saying: Woe to those who are wise in themselves and knowledgeable before themselves. Woe to you who are strong, who drink wine, and to the rulers who mix strong drink.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:111 · narrative
Source · Greek

Μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πρὸ μικροῦ τοσαῦτα κατὰ μέθης εἰπών, πάλιν τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπαναλαμβάνει λόγον. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ χαλεπὸν τὸ ἕλκος καὶ δύσεικτον, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ συνεχῶς ἐπαντλεῖν ἔδει. Χαλεπὸν δὲ καὶ δύσεικτον, τῷ μὴ δοκεῖν παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἁμάρτημα εἶναι, πάντων ἁμαρτημάτων χαλεπώτερον ὂν καὶ μυρία βλαστάνον νοσήματα. Διό φησιν· Οἱ τὸν οἶνον πίνοντες καὶ οἱ δυνάσται, οἱ κιρνῶντες τὸ σίκερα. Διπλοῦς ὁ κρημνός, τυραννὶς μέθης καὶ δυναστείας ὑπερβολή. Πᾶσι μὲν γὰρ ἀνθρώποις λογισμοῦ χρεία, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς ἐν ἀξιώμασι καὶ δυναστείαις οὖσιν, ὥστε μή, καθάπερ ἀτάκτων ὑδάτων ῥύμῃ τινί, τῷ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐκφερομένους ὄγκῳ κατακρημνίζεσθαι. Οἱ δικαιοῦντες τὸν ἀσεβῆ ἕνεκεν δώρων καὶ τὸ δίκαιον τοῦ δικαίου αἴροντες ἀπ' αὐτοῦ. Διπλοῦν τὸ ἔγκλημα πάλιν, τὸ τὸν ὑπεύθυνον ἀφιέναι καὶ τὸν ἀνεύθυνον

καταδικάζειν. Ἑκατέρου ἁμαρτήματος ἡ ῥίζα δωροδοκία. Διὰ τοῦτο ὃν τρόπον καυθήσεται καλάμη ὑπὸ ἄνθρακος πυρὸς καὶ συγκαυθήσεται ὑπὸ φλογὸς ἀνημμένης. Τὸ ταχὺ τῆς τιμωρίας, τὸ εὔκολον τῆς κολάσεως παρίστησι, διὰ τῆς εἰκόνος τὴν πανωλεθρίαν αὐτῶν δηλῶν.

English

Do not be surprised if, having just now said so many things against drunkenness, he takes up the same argument again. For since the wound is severe and hard to heal, for this reason it was necessary to apply the remedy continually. And it is severe and hard to heal because it does not seem to most people to be a sin, though it is more grievous than all sins and sprouts countless diseases. Therefore he says: Those who drink wine and the rulers, those who mix sikera. The precipice is twofold: the tyranny of drunkenness and the excess of power. For all men have need of reason, but especially those in positions of honor and power, so that they are not, as it were, carried away by the rush of disordered waters and hurled down by the bulk of their authority. Those who justify the ungodly for the sake of gifts and take away the justice of the just man from him. The charge is twofold again: to release the guilty and to condemn the innocent. The root of each sin is bribery. Therefore, just as stubble will be burned by a coal of fire and consumed by a blazing flame. He sets forth the swiftness of the punishment and the ease of the chastisement, declaring through the image their utter destruction.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:112 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἅπαντα γὰρ ταῦτα ἡ φλὸξ καὶ οἱ ἄνθρακες καὶ ἡ καλάμη καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἡμῖν παρεδήλωσεν. Ἡ ῥίζα αὐτῶν ὡς χνοῦς ἔσται καὶ τὸ ἄνθος αὐτῶν ὡς κονιορτὸς ἀναβήσεται. Τὰ πεπηγότα καὶ τὰ βέβαια ἀπολεῖται καὶ διαχυθήσεται τὰ λαμπρὰ καὶ τὰ φαιδρὰ οἰχήσεται καὶ διαρρυήσεται. Οὐ γὰρ ἠθέλησαν τὸν νόμον Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὸ λόγιον τοῦ ἁγίου παρώξυναν. Λόγιον τὸν νόμον λέγει. Καὶ ἐθυμώθη Κύριος Σαβαὼθ ὀργῇ ἐπὶ τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐπέβαλε τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ' αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐπάταξεν αὐτούς. Καὶ παρωξύνθη ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη καὶ ἐγένετο τὰ θνησιμαῖα αὐτῶν ὡς κοπρία ἐν μέσῳ ὁδοῦ. Καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις οὐκ ἀπεστράφη ὁ θυμὸς αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ' ἔτι ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ὑψηλή. Πόλεμον ἐνταῦθα αἰνίττεται χαλεπόν, ὃς οὐδὲ ταφῇ τὰ σώματα συγχωρήσει παραδοθῆναι, οὐχ ἵνα ἐκεῖνοι κόλασιν δῶσιν, ἀλλ' ἵνα οἱ ζῶντες ἐν ταῖς ἀλλοτρίαις συμφοραῖς τῆς οἰκείας ἀποτέμνωνταί τι κακίας. Καὶ ὅρα πῶς χαλεπώτερον τὸν λόγον ἐποίησεν. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐτάφησαν, ἀλλ' ὅτι κόπρου πάσης ἀτιμότερον ἐρριμμένοι ἦσαν οἱ τετελευτηκότες, ὃ τοῖς ζῶσι φρικωδέστερον ἁπάντων εἶναι δοκεῖ καὶ τῆς τελευτῆς αὐτῆς χαλεπώτερον. Καὶ τὸ δὴ χεῖρον, ὅτι οὐδὲ τούτων γινομένων, φησίν, ἐπιεικέστεροι γεγόνασιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπιμένουσιν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν οὐδὲν βελτίους ἐγένοντο, ἀπειλεῖ πάλιν αὐτοῖς τὴν χαλεπωτάτην ἐκείνην πληγὴν τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων. Διὸ καὶ ἐπάγει λέγων· Τοιγαροῦν ἀρεῖ σύσσημον ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι τοῖς μακράν.

English

For all these things—the flame, the coals, the stubble, and the rest—have been made clear to us. Their root shall be as chaff, and their flower shall go up as dust. Things fixed and firm shall perish and be scattered; things bright and splendid shall depart and flow away. For they were not willing to do the law of the Lord Sabaoth, but provoked the oracle of the Holy One. He calls the law an oracle. And the Lord Sabaoth was angered with wrath against his people, and he laid his hand upon them and struck them. And he was provoked against the mountains, and their corpses became as dung in the midst of the road. And in all these things his wrath was not turned away, but still his hand is lifted high. Here he hints at a harsh war, which will not permit bodies even to be given over to burial—not so that those men might give punishment, but so that the living, amid others' calamities, might cut off something of their own wickedness. And see how he made the account harsher. For he did not say that they were not buried, but that the dead had been cast out more dishonored than any dung—a thing that seems to the living more dreadful than all else and harsher than death itself. And what is worse, he says that not even when these things happened did they become more reasonable, but they persist in the same things. Since, then, they became no better, he threatens them again with that most grievous blow—the one from the barbarians. Therefore he adds, saying: Therefore he shall raise a signal among the nations that are far off.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:113 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἵνα μὴ τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ μῆκος εἰς ῥᾳθυμίαν αὐτοὺς ἐμβάλλῃ, φησὶν ὅτι οὕτω τῷ Θεῷ ῥᾴδιον ἀγαγεῖν αὐτούς, ὡς τῷ τὸ σύσσημον αἴροντι καὶ τοὺς παρεσκευασμένους καὶ ἑτοίμους ἐξάγοντι πρὸς παράταξιν, ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων γίνεται τῶν ἁμιλλατηρίων. Ὁμοῦ τε γὰρ τὸ σύμβολον τῆς ἀφέσεως αἴρεται κἀκεῖνοι τῶν βαλβίδων ἐκπηδῶσιν εὐθέως. Δύο τοίνυν ἐνταῦθα ὁ προφήτης αἰνίττεται, ὅτι καὶ εὔκολον αὐτοὺς ἐλθεῖν, τοῦ Θεοῦ καλοῦντος, καὶ πάλαι ἂν ἦλθον, εἰ μὴ ἡ πολλὴ κατεῖχεν αὐτοὺς μακροθυμία. Εἶτα τῇ ἐπεξηγήσει πλείονα τὴν εὐκολίαν ἐνδείκνυται λέγων. Καὶ συριεῖ αὐτοὺς ἀπ' ἄκρου τῆς γῆς. Μὴ θαυμάσῃς δέ, εἰ περὶ Θεοῦ διαλεγόμενος, οὕτω παχυτάταις κέχρηται λέξεσι· πρὸς γὰρ τὴν ἄνοιαν τῶν ἀκουόντων σχηματίζει τὰ ῥήματα, ἓν βουλόμενος δεῖξαι διὰ πάντων, ὅτι καὶ τῷ Θεῷ ῥᾴδιον τοῦτο καὶ ὅτι πάντως ἀπαντήσονται· διὸ καὶ ἐπήγαγε λέγων· Καὶ ἰδοὺ ταχὺ κούφως ἔρχονται. Οὐ πεινάσουσιν, οὐδὲ κοπιάσουσιν, οὐδὲ νυστάξουσιν, οὐδὲ κοιμηθήσονται. Ταῦτα ὑπερβολικῶς εἴρηται. Πῶς γὰρ ἐνῆν μήτε πεινῇν, μήτε καθεύδειν, ἀνθρώπους ὄντας καὶ τὴν κοινὴν λαχόντας λῆξιν; Ἀλλὰ τὸ τάχος τῆς στρατιᾶς, τὴν εὐκολίαν, τὴν ταχύτητα, ὅπερ ἔφθην εἰπών, διὰ πάντων ἐνδείκνυται. Οὐδὲ λύσουσι τὰς ζώνας αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτῶν, οὐδὲ μὴ ῥαγῶσι οἱ ἱμάντες τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτῶν. Ὧν τὰ βέλη ὀξέα ἐστὶ καὶ τὰ τόξα αὐτῶν ἐντεταμένα. Οἱ πόδες τῶν ἵππων αὐτῶν ὡς στερεὰ πέτρα ἐλογίσθησαν, οἱ τροχοὶ τῶν ἁρμάτων αὐτῶν ὡς καταιγίδες. Ὀργιῶσιν ὡς λέοντες καὶ παρεστήκασιν ὡς σκύμνοι λεόντων. Καὶ ἐπιλήψεται καὶ βοήσει ὡς θηρίον καὶ ἐκβαλεῖ·

English

So that the length of the journey might not plunge them into slackness, he says that it is as easy for God to lead them as for one who raises the signal and leads out those who are prepared and ready for battle—which is exactly what happens with racehorses. For at the same moment the signal for the start is raised, and those horses leap from the starting gates at once. The prophet therefore hints at two things here: that it is easy for them to come when God calls, and that they would have come long ago, had not his great long-suffering held them back. Then by his further explanation he shows the ease to be even greater, saying, And he will whistle for them from the end of the earth. And do not be surprised if, when speaking about God, he uses such very coarse expressions; for he shapes his words to the dullness of his hearers, wishing to show through everything this one thing: that this is easy for God and that they will certainly meet together. Therefore he adds, saying: And behold, they come quickly, swiftly. They shall not hunger, nor grow weary, nor slumber, nor sleep. These things are said hyperbolically. For how could it be possible neither to hunger nor to sleep, being men and having received the common lot? But the speed of the army, the ease, the swiftness—as I said before—he shows through all of these. Nor shall they loose their belts from their waist, nor shall the straps of their sandals be broken. Whose arrows are sharp and their bows bent. The feet of their horses were reckoned as solid rock, the wheels of their chariots as a storm. They shall rage like lions and stand ready like lion cubs. And it shall seize and roar like a beast and cast forth;

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:114 · narrative
Source · Greek

καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ὁ ῥυόμενος αὐτούς. Καὶ βοήσεται δι' αὐτοὺς τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, ὡς φωνὴ θαλάσσης κυμαινούσης. Καὶ ἐμβλέψονται εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἄνω καὶ εἰς τὴν γῆν κάτω· καὶ ἰδοὺ σκότος σκληρόν, σκότος ἐν τῇ ἀπορίᾳ αὐτῶν. Διὰ πάντων τὸν λόγον ἐξώγκωσε καὶ τὸν φόβον ἐπῇρε, κατὰ μικρὸν ἕκαστα διηγούμενος, τὰ περὶ τῆς γνώμης, τὰ περὶ τῆς ἰσχύος, τὰ περὶ τῶν ὅπλων, τὰ περὶ τῶν ἵππων, τὰ περὶ τῶν ἁρμάτων, ὥστε τῷ πλήθει τῶν λεγομένων πολλὴν ποιῆσαι τὴν ἀγωνίαν, καὶ τῇ σαφηνείᾳ τῶν εἰκόνων ἐγγὺς τὰ πράγματα αὐτοῖς ἀγαγεῖν. Διὸ καὶ λέουσιν αὐτοὺς παραβάλλει καὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἔστη τοῦ παραδείγματος, ἀλλὰ καὶ φωνὴν ἀναπλάττει καὶ ὁρμὴν τοῦ θηρίου καὶ

ἐπιμένει τῇ μεταφορᾷ καὶ πολλὴν ποιεῖται τὴν τροπήν. Καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἐπὶ θάλατταν ἐξάγει τὸν λόγον, λέγων ὅτι τοσοῦτος ἔσται ὁ θόρυβος, τοσαύτη ἡ ταραχή, ὅση ἂν γένοιτο μαινομένης θαλάσσης καὶ κύματα διεγειρούσης· καὶ πάντα κινεῖ τρόπον, αὔξων τὸν φόβον, ὥστε μὴ δεηθῆναι αὐτοὺς τῆς διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων πείρας. Καὶ τὸ δὴ χαλεπώτερον, ὅτι οὐδὲ ὁ παραστησόμενος ἔσται, φησίν, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν οὐρανῶν· ἀλλ' ἔρημοι καὶ τῆς ἄνωθεν συμμαχίας καὶ τῆς κάτωθεν βοηθείας, ἐκδοθήσονται τοῖς πολεμίοις. Σκότος δὲ ἐνταῦθά φησι τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς συμφορᾶς αὐτοῖς ἐγγινόμενον, οὐχ ὡς τῆς ἀκτῖνος ἀφανιζομένης, ἀλλὰ τῆς διαθέσεως τῶν πασχόντων ἐν μέσῃ τῇ μεσημβρίᾳ ἀντὶ φωτὸς σκότος ὁρώντων· ὅπερ τοῖς ὀδυνωμένοις καὶ θλιβομένοις συμβαίνειν εἴωθε. Καὶ ἵνα μάθῃς ὅτι οὐ τῆς φύσεως τοῦ ἀέρος τὸ σκότος ἦν, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐκείνων διαθέσεως, ἐπήγαγε·

English

And there will be no one to rescue them. And he will cry out on their behalf in that day, like the sound of a surging sea. And they will look up to heaven above and down to the earth below; and behold, thick darkness, darkness in their perplexity. Through all of this he magnified the account and heightened the fear, narrating each detail little by little—the matters concerning their resolve, their strength, their weapons, their horses, their chariots—so that by the abundance of what was said he might produce great anguish, and by the vividness of the images bring the events close to them. Therefore he also compares them to lions, and not even here did he stop with the example, but he also fashions the beast's voice and its onset and

persists in the metaphor and makes the turn of phrase extensive. And from there he leads the account on to the sea, saying that so great will be the uproar, so great the confusion, as would arise from a raging sea stirring up its waves; and he sets in motion every manner of thing, magnifying the fear, so that they would not need experience through actual events. And what is even harder, he says that there will be no one to stand by them—not from the earth, not from the heavens—but bereft both of help from above and of aid from below, they will be handed over to their enemies. And here he calls darkness the darkness that comes upon them from their calamity—not as though the sun's ray were being extinguished, but because the disposition of those who suffer sees darkness instead of light in the very middle of midday, which is accustomed to happen to those in pain and distress. And so that you may learn that the darkness was not from the nature of the air, but from their disposition, he added:

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:115 · narrative
Source · Greek

Σκληρὸν σκότος ἐν τῇ ἀπορίᾳ αὐτῶν.

τ ΚΕΦΑΛ. ΣΤ ʹ Καὶ ἐγένετο τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ, οὗ ἀπέθανεν Ὀζίας ὁ βασιλεύς. Τί δήποτε τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους χρόνους ἀπὸ τῆς ζωῆς τῶν βασιλέων, τοῦτον δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς τελευτῆς χαρακτηρίζει νῦν ὁ προφήτης; Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν· Ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ὀζίου, οὐδέ, ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ Ὀζίου, ἀλλ' Ἐγένετο ἡνίκαἀπέθανε. Τί δήποτε ἐν τούτῳ ποιεῖ; Οὐχ ἁπλῶς, οὐδὲ ὡς ἔτυχεν, ἀλλά τι ἀπόρρητον ἡμῖν αἰνίττεται. Τί δὲ τοῦτό ἐστιν; Ὀζίας οὗτος τῇ τῶν γεγενημένων εὐπραγίᾳ μεθύων καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς εὐημερίας ὀγκούμενος, μεῖζον τῆς ἀξίας ἐφρόνησε. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ βασιλεὺς ἦν, ἐνόμισεν αὑτῷ προσήκειν ἱερᾶσθαι καὶ ἐπεπήδησε τῷ ναῷ καὶ εἰς τὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων εἰσῆλθε καὶ τοῦ ἱερέως κωλύοντος καὶ ἀπαγορεύοντος αὐτῷ τὴν ἐκεῖσε εἴσοδον, οὐκ ἠνέσχετο, ἀλλ' ἐπέμεινε τῇ μανίᾳ, ὀλίγον τοῦ ἱερέως ποιούμενος λόγον. Ταύτης ἕνεκεν τῆς ἀναισχυντίας ἐπαφῆκεν αὐτῷ λέπραν ὁ Θεὸς κατὰ τοῦ μετώπου. Βουληθεὶς γὰρ πλείονα τῆς οὔσης τιμὴν λαβεῖν, καὶ ἧς εἶχεν ἐξέπεσεν. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ μόνον ἱερωσύνην οὐ προσέλαβεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ γενόμενος ἀκάθαρτος, τῶν βασιλείων ἐξεβάλλετο καὶ τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον ἐν οἴκῳ τινὶ κεκρυμμένος κατῴκει, τὴν αἰσχύνην οὐ φέρων. Καὶ ὁ λαὸς δὲ συναπήλαυσεν ἅπας τῆς τοιαύτης ὀργῆς, ὅτι τοὺς τοῦ Θεοῦ νόμους περιεῖδον καὶ τὴν ἱερωσύνην ὑβριζομένην οὐκ ἐξεδίκησαν. Πῶς οὖν συναπήλαυσε τῆς ὀργῆς; Τῷ τὴν προφητείαν ἀναστα λῆναι· ὀργιζόμενος γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς περὶ οὐδενὸς οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο. Ἀλλ' οὐ μέχρι παντὸς τοῦτο ἐποίησεν, ἀλλὰ τῷ μέτρῳ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ μέτρον τῆς τιμωρίας ὥρισεν.

English

Harsh darkness in their helplessness.

CHAPTER 6. And it came to pass in the year in which King Uzziah died. Why is it that the prophet now marks other times by the lives of kings, but this one by the death? For he did not say, "It came to pass in the days of Uzziah," nor "in the reign of Uzziah," but "It came to pass when he died." Why does he do this here? Not casually, nor by chance, but he hints at something secret to us. What is this? This Uzziah, drunk with the prosperity of his successes and puffed up by his good fortune, thought more highly than he ought. And since he was a king, he supposed that it was fitting for him to serve as priest, and he rushed into the temple and entered the holy of holies; and when the priest hindered him and forbade him entry there, he did not endure it, but persisted in his madness, making little account of the priest's word. For this shamelessness God inflicted leprosy on his forehead. For wishing to receive more honor than was his due, he lost even what he had. For not only did he not obtain the priesthood, but also, having become unclean, he was cast out of the palace and dwelt hidden in a certain house the whole time, unable to bear the shame. And all the people likewise shared in this kind of wrath, because they overlooked the laws of God and did not avenge the priesthood when it was insulted. How then did they share in the wrath? By the prophecy being silenced; for God, being angry with them, answered nothing about anything. But he did not do this forever, but by the measure of the king's life he also set the measure of the punishment.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:116 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὁμοῦ γοῦν ἐκείνου καταλύσαντος τὴν ζωήν, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς τὴν ὀργὴν κατέλυσε καὶ τὰς θύρας πάλιν τῆς προφητείας ἀνέῳξε. Τοῦτο γοῦν αἰνιττόμενος ὁ προφήτης ἀνέμνησεν ἡμᾶς τοῦ καιροῦ τῆς τελευτῆς τοῦ βασιλέως· διόπερ οὕτως ἄρχεται τῆς προφητείας, λέγων· Ἐγένετο τοῦ ἔτους, οὗ ἀπέθανεν Ὀζίας ὁ βασιλεύς, εἶδον τὸν Κύριον καθήμενον. Καίτοι γε ὁ Χριστός φησι· Θεὸν οὐδεὶς ἑώρακε πώποτε. Ὁ μονογενὴς Υἱός, ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρός, ἐκεῖνος ἐξηγήσατο. Καὶ πάλιν· Οὐχ ὅτι τὸν Πατέρα τις ἑώρακεν, εἰ μὴ ὁ ὢν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ· οὗτος ἑώρακε τὸν Πατέρα. Καὶ πρὸς τὸν Μωϋσέα δὲ αὐτός φησιν· Οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸ πρόσωπόν μου καὶ ζήσεται. Πῶς οὖν οὗτός φησιν ἑωρακέναι τὸν Κύριον; Εἶδον γάρ, φησί, τὸν Κύριον· οὐκ ἐναντία τοῖς τοῦ Χριστοῦ λέγων, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα συνῳδά. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ Χριστὸς τὴν ἀκριβῆ κατανόησίν φησιν, ἣν οὐδεὶς εἶδε· γυμνὴν γὰρ τὴν θεότητα καὶ ἀκραιφνῆ τὴν οὐσίαν οὐδεὶς ἐθεάσατο, πλὴν τοῦ Μονογενοῦς· ὁ δὲ προφήτης τὴν αὐτῷ δυνατὴν ἰδεῖν ἀπαγγέλλει. Οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτὸς ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς ἰδεῖν ἠδυνήθη, ἀλλὰ σχηματισθέντα αὐτὸν θεωρεῖ, καὶ τοσοῦτον καταβάντα, ὅσον ἀναβῆναι ἡ τοῦ θεωροῦντος ἀσθένεια ἐχώρει. Ὅτι γὰρ οὐ γυμνὴν

English

For when he had ended his life, God also ended his wrath and opened again the doors of prophecy. Hinting at this, then, the prophet reminded us of the time of the king's death; and for this reason he begins his prophecy thus, saying: It came to pass in the year in which Uzziah the king died, I saw the Lord sitting. And yet Christ says: No one has ever seen God; the only-begotten Son, who is in the bosom of the Father, he has declared him. And again: Not that anyone has seen the Father, except the one who is from God; he has seen the Father. And to Moses he himself says: No one shall see my face and live. How then does this one say that he has seen the Lord? For he says, I saw the Lord—not speaking in opposition to Christ's words, but in full accord with them. For Christ speaks of the exact comprehension, which no one has seen; for no one has beheld the naked Godhead and the pure essence, except the Only-begotten. But the prophet reports the vision that was possible for him to see. For he himself was not able to see what God is, but he beholds him in a form, and having descended as far as the weakness of the beholder could reach up. For that not the naked

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:117 · narrative
Source · Greek

εἶδε τὴν θεότητα, οὔτε αὐτός, οὔτε ἄλλος οὐδείς, ἀπ' αὐτῶν ὧν ἀπαγγέλλουσιν εὔδηλον. Εἶδον γάρ, φησί, τὸν Κύριον καθήμενον. Θεὸς δὲ οὐ κάθηται· σωμάτων γὰρ ὁ σχηματισμός. Καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς· Καθήμενον, ἀλλ' Ἐπὶ θρόνου. Θεὸς δὲ οὐ περιέχεται, οὐδὲ ἐμπεριείληπται· πῶς γάρ, ὁ πανταχοῦ παρὼν καὶ τὰ πάντα πληρῶν, οὗ ἐν τῇ χειρὶ τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς; Ὅθεν δῆλον ὅτι συγκατάβασις ἦν τὸ ὁρώμενον. Οὕτω γοῦν ἕτερος προφήτης αἰνιττόμενος ἔλεγεν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ· Ἐγὼ ὁράσεις ἐπλήθυνα, τουτέστι, διαφόρως ὤφθην. Εἰ δὲ αὐτὴ ἡ οὐσία γυμνὴ ἐφαίνετο, οὐκ ἂν διαφόρως ἐφάνη· ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ συγκαταβαίνων, νῦν μὲν τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ, νῦν δὲ ἐκείνῳ τοῖς προφήταις ἑαυτὸν ἐδείκνυ, καταλλήλως τοῖς ὑποκειμένοις καιροῖς σχηματίζων τὰς ὄψεις, διὰ τοῦτό φησιν· Ὁράσεις ἐπλήθυνα καὶ ἐν χερσὶ προφητῶν ὡμοιώθην. Οὐχ ὥσπερ ἤμην, ἐφάνην, φησίν, ἀλλ' ὡμοιώθην πρὸς ὅπερ ἰδεῖν ἠδύναντο οἱ θεωροῦντες. Ὁρᾷς γοῦν αὐτὸν νῦν μὲν καθήμενον, νῦν δὲ ὡπλισμένον, νῦν δὲ τρίχα πολιὰν ἔχοντα, νῦν δὲ ἐν αὔρᾳ, νῦν δὲ ἐν πυρί, νῦν δὲ ἐκ τῶν ὀπισθίων φαινόμενον, νῦν δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν Χερουβίμ, καὶ πρὸς μεταλλικῶν ὑλῶν λαμπρότητα τῶν διαφανεστάτων τὴν ὄψιν ἐξεικονιζόμενον. Τίνος μὲν οὖν ἕνεκεν νῦν μὲν ὡπλισμένος φαίνεται καὶ ᾑμαγμένος, νῦν δὲ ἐν πυρί, νῦν δὲ τὰ ὀπίσθια δεικνύς, νῦν δὲ ἐν οὐρανῷ, νῦν δὲ ἐν θρόνῳ, νῦν δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν Χερουβὶμ οὐ τοῦ παρόντος ἂν εἴη λέγειν καιροῦ, ὥστε μὴ τὸ πάρεργον τοῦ ἔργου γενέσθαι μεῖζον. Τέως δὲ ἀναγκαῖον ὑπὲρ τῆς παρούσης ὄψεως διαλεχθῆναι.

English

Neither he nor anyone else saw the Godhead, as is clear from the very things they report. For "I saw," he says, "the Lord sitting." But God does not sit, for that is the posture of a body. And not simply "sitting," but "upon a throne." But God is not contained or encompassed; for how could he be, who is present everywhere and fills all things, in whose hand are the ends of the earth? Hence it is clear that what was seen was a condescension. In this way, then, another prophet, hinting at it, said in the person of God: "I multiplied visions," that is, I appeared in various ways. But if the essence itself had appeared bare, it would not have appeared in various ways; but since, condescending, he showed himself to the prophets now in this way, now in that, fashioning the appearances in a manner suited to the times at hand, for this reason he says: "I multiplied visions and was likened in the hands of the prophets." Not as I was, he says, did I appear, but I was likened to what those who saw were able to see. You see him, then, now sitting, now armed, now having gray hair, now in a breeze, now in fire, now appearing from behind, now upon the Cherubim, and his appearance fashioned to the brightness of the most transparent of metallic substances. For what reason he now appears armed and bloodied, now in fire, now showing his back, now in heaven, now on a throne, now upon the Cherubim, it would not be the task of the present time to say, so that the incidental not become greater than the work. For now it is necessary to speak concerning the present vision.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:118 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν οὕτω φαίνεται νῦν ἐπὶ θρόνου καθήμενος καὶ μετὰ τῶν Σεραφίμ; Ἀνθρώπινον ἔθος μιμεῖται, ἐπειδὴ καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ἦν ὁ λόγος αὐτῷ. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀπόφασιν ἐκφέρειν μέλλει ὑπὲρ μεγίστων πραγμάτων καὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης, ἔτι μὴν καὶ περὶ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων καὶ διπλῆν τίθησι ψῆφον, τὴν μὲν κόλασιν τῇ πόλει φέρουσαν καὶ τῷ ἔθνει παντί, τὴν δὲ εὐεργεσίαν τῇ οἰκουμένῃ καὶ μεγάλας ἐπαγγελλομένην ἐλπίδας καὶ τιμὰς ἀθανάτους. Ἔθος δὲ τοῖς δικάζουσι ταῦτα ποιεῖν μὴ λάθρα, ἀλλ' ἐφ' ὑψηλοῦ τοῦ βήματος καθημένοις, παρεστώτων ἁπάντων καὶ τῶν παραπετασμάτων συνελκομένων [τοῦτο ποιεῖν].

Τούτους καὶ αὐτὸς μιμούμενος παρέστησεν αὑτῷ τὰ Σεραφὶμ καὶ ἐφ' ὑψηλοῦ κάθηται θρόνου καὶ οὕτω τὴν ἀπόφασιν ταύτην ἐκφέρει. Καὶ ἵνα μάθῃς ὅτι οὐχ ὑποψία τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔθος αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐξ ἑτέρου προφήτου τοῦτο πειράσομαι ποιῆσαι φανερόν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ Δανιήλ, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐκεῖ ψῆφόν τινα μεγάλην ἐκφέρειν ἔμελλε περὶ κολάσεων καὶ τιμωριῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν τῶν μελλόντων τῇ οἰκουμένῃ δίδοσθαι, κἀκεῖ θρόνος φαίνεται λαμπρὸς καὶ περιφανὴς καὶ δῆμος ἀγγέλων παρεστηκώς, καὶ ἔθνη ἀρχαγγέλων καὶ ὁ Μονογενὴς συγκαθήμενος καὶ βίβλοι ἀνοίγονται καὶ ποταμοὶ πυρὸς ἕλκονται καὶ πάντοθεν σχῆμα δικαστηρίου συνίσταται. Καὶ ἔστι κἀκεῖνα συγγενῆ τοῖς ἐνταῦθα λεγομένοις ἅπαντα ἢ καὶ σαφέστερον ἐκεῖνος αὐτὰ ἀπαγγέλλει, ἅτε τῶν χρόνων ἐγγύτερον γινομένων καὶ πρὸς αὐτὰς λοιπὸν τὰς θύρας τῆς προφητείας ἀφικνουμένης.

English

For what reason, then, does he now appear thus sitting upon a throne and with the Seraphim? He imitates human custom, since his discourse was also directed to human beings. For since he is about to pronounce a sentence concerning the greatest matters and the whole inhabited world, and moreover also concerning Jerusalem, and he sets down a twofold verdict—the one bringing punishment to the city and to the entire nation, the other bringing beneficence to the inhabited world and promising great hopes and immortal honors. And it is the custom of those who judge to do these things not in secret, but sitting upon a lofty judgment seat, with all standing by and the curtains drawn back [to do this].

Imitating these, he too set the Seraphim beside himself and sits upon a lofty throne and thus pronounces this verdict. And so that you may learn that the matter is not a conjecture, but that this is his custom, I shall attempt to make this clear from another prophet as well. For in the case of Daniel, since there too he was about to pronounce a great verdict concerning punishments and Jewish chastisements and the good things that were to be given to the inhabited world, there too a throne appears bright and conspicuous, and a multitude of angels standing by, and ranks of archangels, and the Only-Begotten sitting with him, and books are opened and rivers of fire are drawn along, and from every side the form of a courtroom is established. And all those things are akin to what is said here, or rather he reports them more clearly, inasmuch as the times were coming nearer and prophecy was now arriving at its very doors.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:119 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα τοῖς φιλοπόνοις ἀφέντες συναγαγεῖν καὶ παρατιθέναι καὶ τὴν ἑκατέρας τῆς προφητείας κοινωνίαν καταμανθάνειν, ὅπερ ἔφην, τῆς προκειμένης ἡμεῖς ἁψώμεθα μετὰ ἀκριβείας, ὡς ἂν οἷόν τε ᾖ ῥῆσιν ἑκάστην ἐξηγούμενοι. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν σαφέστερα ἔσται τὰ εἰρημένα. Τί οὖν φησιν; Εἶδον τὸν Κύριον καθήμενον. Τὸ καθῆσθαι ἐπὶ θρόνου σύμβολον ἀεὶ κρίσεώς ἐστιν, ὥσπερ ὁ Δαυΐδ φησιν· Ἐκάθισας ἐπὶ θρόνου ὁ κρίνων δικαιοσύνην· καὶ ὁ Δανιήλ· Θρόνοι ἐτέθησαν καὶ κριτήριον ἐκάθισε. Τὸ δὲ ἁπλῶς καθῆσθαι ἑτέρου σύμβολον εἶναί φησιν ὁ προφήτης. Τίνος δὴ τούτου; Τοῦ παγίου, τοῦ μονίμου, τοῦ βεβηκότος, τοῦ ἀτρέπτου, τοῦ ἀτελευτήτου, τῆς ζωῆς τῆς ἀπεράντου. Διὰ τοῦτό φησι· Σὺ καθήμενος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπολλύμενοι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Σύ, φησί, μένων, ὤν, ζῶν, ἀεὶ ὡσαύτως ὤν. Ὅτι γὰρ οὐ περὶ καθέδρας ἔλεγεν, ἡ ἀντιδιαστολὴ δῆλον ἐποίησεν. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἡμεῖς ἑστῶτες

καὶ σὺ καθήμενος, ἀλλὰ σὺ καθήμενος καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπολλύμενοι. Τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ θρόνου καθῆσθαι τὸ κρίνειν ἐστί. Διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸν οὕτως ὁρᾷ καθήμενον ἐπὶ θρόνου ὑψηλοῦ καὶ ἐπῃρμένου ἢ ἕτερον μὲν τοῦτο, ἕτερον δὲ ἐκεῖνο αἰνίττεται. Καὶ γὰρ ὑψηλὸς ἦν ὁ θρόνος, τουτέστι, μέγας καὶ ὑπερμήκης· καὶ ἐπῃρμένος, τουτέστι, καὶ ἐν ὕψει φαινόμενος ἀφάτῳ καὶ μετέωρος. Καὶ πλήρης ὁ οἶκος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ. Ποῖος οἶκος; εἰπέ μοι. Ὁ ναός. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐκεῖθεν ἔχρα εἰκότως καὶ ἐν τῇ ὄψει τῇ θαυμασίᾳ ταύτῃ ἐκεῖ καθήμενος φαίνεται. Δόξαν δὲ ἐνταῦθά φησι λαμπρότητα, φῶς ἀπόρρητον·

English

But leaving these things to those who love labor, to gather and set side by side and to discern thoroughly the common ground of each prophecy—as I said—let us with accuracy take up the matter before us, explaining each utterance as far as possible. For in this way what is said will be clearer both to us and to you. What then does he say? I saw the Lord sitting. Sitting upon a throne is always a symbol of judgment, as David says: You sat upon a throne, you who judge righteousness; and Daniel: Thrones were set and a judgment seat sat. But the prophet says that simply sitting is a symbol of something else. Of what, then? Of the steadfast, the abiding, the established, the unchanging, the unending, of boundless life. For this reason he says: You are sitting forever, and we are perishing forever. You, he says, remain, exist, live, always being the same. For that he was not speaking about a seat, the contrast made clear. For he did not say, We are standing and you are sitting, but You are sitting and we are perishing. But to sit upon a throne is to judge. For this reason he sees him thus sitting upon a throne high and lifted up—or else this signifies one thing and that another. For the throne was high, that is, great and exceedingly long; and lifted up, that is, appearing in ineffable height and elevated. And the house was full of his glory. What house? Tell me. The temple. For since he was from there, reasonably also in this wondrous vision he is seen sitting there. And by glory here he means brightness, ineffable light.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:120 · narrative
Source · Greek

ὅπερ ἑρμηνεῦσαι τῷ λόγῳ μὴ δυνάμενος, δόξαν ἐκάλεσε καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς δόξαν, ἀλλὰ Θεοῦ δόξαν. Καὶ Σεραφὶμ εἱστήκεισαν κύκλῳ αὐτοῦ. Τίνα λέγει ταῦτα τὰ Σεραφίμ; Δυνάμεις ἀσώματοι τῶν ἄνω δήμων, ὧν τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν μακαριότητα καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς προσηγορίας ἔστιν ἰδεῖν. Τῇ γὰρ Ἑβραίων γλώττῃ ἔμπυρα στόματα ἑρμηνεύεται τὰ Σεραφίμ. Τί οὖν ἐκ τούτου μανθάνομεν; Τὸ καθαρὸν τῆς οὐσίας, τὸ ἄγρυπνον, τὸ διεγηγερμένον, τὸ γοργόν, τὸ ἐνεργητικόν, τὸ ἀκηλίδωτον. Οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ὁ προφήτης Δαυῒδ τῶν ἄνω δυνάμεων τὴν ἀπαραπόδιστον διακονίαν βουλόμενος ἡμῖν ἐνδείξασθαι καὶ τὸ ταχὺ τῆς ὑπηρεσίας καὶ σφόδρα ἐνεργές, ἔλεγεν· Ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα· τὸ ταχύ, τὸ κοῦφον, τὸ δραστήριον ἡμῖν διὰ τῶν στοιχείων τούτων ἐνδεικνύμενος. Τοιαῦτα καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις αὗται, καθαροῖς στόμασιν ἀνυμνοῦσαι τὸν Δεσπότην, ἔργον τοῦτο ἔχουσαι διηνεκῶς, εὐφημίας ἀναφέρουσαι, λειτουργίαν ἀδιάλειπτον. Δείκνυσι δὲ αὐτῶν τὸ ἀξίωμα καὶ τὸ πλησίον εἶναι τοῦ θρόνου. Καθάπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν βασιλέων τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς οἱ ἐν μείζοσιν ἀξιώμασιν ὄντες, παρ' αὐτὸν ἑστήκασι τὸν θρόνον τὸν βασιλικόν· οὕτω δὴ καὶ αὗται αἱ δυνάμεις διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν ἀρετὴν τὸν ἄνω θρόνον κυκλοῦσι, τῆς ἀπορρήτου μακαριότητος ἀπολαύουσαι διηνεκῶς καὶ ἐντρυφῶσαι τῇ μακαρίᾳ λήξει τῆς λειτουργίας ταύτης. Ἓξ πτέρυγες τῷ ἑνὶ καὶ ἓξ πτέρυγες τῷ ἑνί. Καὶ ταῖς μὲν δυσὶ κατεκάλυπτον τὰ πρόσωπα ἑαυτῶν, ταῖς δὲ δυσὶ κατεκάλυπτον τοὺς πόδας ἑαυτῶν, καὶ ταῖς δυσὶν ἐπέταντο. Καὶ ἐκέκραγον ἕτερος πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον καὶ ἔλεγον·

English

Being unable to express it in words, he called it glory—and not simply glory, but the glory of God. And the Seraphim stood round about him. What are these Seraphim that he speaks of? Bodiless powers of the hosts above, whose excellence and blessedness can be seen even from their name. For in the Hebrew tongue, Seraphim is interpreted as "burning mouths." What then do we learn from this? The purity of their essence, their vigilance, their wakefulness, their swiftness, their activity, their undefiled nature. In this way, then, the prophet David also, wishing to show us the unimpeded service of the powers above—both the swiftness of their ministry and its great efficacy—said: "Who makes his angels spirits, and his ministers a flame of fire," displaying to us through these elements the swift, the light, the active. Such are these powers too, hymning the Master with pure mouths, having this as their work continually, offering up praise, a ministry without ceasing. And he shows their dignity and their nearness to the throne. For just as among kings on earth, those who hold greater dignities stand beside the royal throne itself, so too these powers, on account of their surpassing excellence, encircle the throne above, enjoying the ineffable blessedness continually and delighting in the blessed lot of this ministry. Each one had six wings, and each one had six wings. And with two they covered their faces, and with two they covered their feet, and with two they flew. And they cried out, one to another, and said:

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:121 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἅγιος, ἅγιος, ἅγιος, Κύριος Σαβαώθ. Πλήρης πᾶσα ἡ γῆ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ. Τί βούλεται ἡμῖν ταῦτα τὰ πτερὰ καὶ τί αἰνίττονται ἡμῖν αἱ πτέρυγες; Οὐ γὰρ δὴ πτερὰ ἐπὶ τὰς ἀσωμάτους δυνάμεις ἐκείνας· ἀλλὰ πάλιν διὰ παχυτέρων σχημάτων ἀπόρρητά τινα ἡμῖν ὁ προφήτης παραδηλοῖ, συγκαταβαίνων μὲν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ τῶν τότε ἀκροωμένων, ὅμως δὲ καὶ διὰ τῆς συγκαταβάσεως πᾶσαν διάνοιαν ὑπερβαίνοντα νοήματα μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἡμῖν ἐνδεικνύμενος. Τί οὖν αἰνίττονται αἱ πτέρυγες; Τὸ ὑψηλὸν καὶ μετάρσιον τῶν δυνάμεων τούτων. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ Γαβριὴλ πετόμενος καὶ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν καταβαίνων φαίνεται, ἵνα μάθῃς τὸ ταχὺ καὶ κοῦφον. Καὶ τί θαυμάζεις, εἰ ἐπὶ τῶν λειτουργικῶν δυνάμεων ταύταις ταῖς λέξεσι κέχρηται, ὅπου γε καὶ ἐπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων Θεοῦ οὐ παρῃτήσατο ταύτην μεταχειρίσασθαι τὴν συγκατάβασιν; Βουλόμενος γὰρ αὐτοῦ δεῖξαι ἢ τὸ ἀσώματον ἢ τὸ ταχὺ τῆς πανταχοῦ παρουσίας, φησὶν ὁ Δαυΐδ· Ὁ περιπατῶν ἐπὶ πτερύγων ἀνέμων. Καίτοι γε οὔτε ἄνεμοι πτέρυγας ἔχουσιν, οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπὶ πτερύγων περιπατεῖ. Πῶς γὰρ ὁ πανταχοῦ παρών; Ἀλλ' ὅπερ ἔφθην εἰπών, τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ τῶν ἀκουόντων συγκαταβαίνων, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐγχωρούντων ἀνῆγεν αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν. Καὶ πάλιν τὴν βοήθειαν αὐτοῦ βουλόμενος καὶ τὴν ἐκ ταύτης ἀσφάλειαν ἐνδείξασθαι, ταῖς αὐταῖς κέχρηται λέξεσιν, οὕτω λέγων· Ἐν σκέπῃ τῶν πτερύγων σου σκεπάσεις με. Ἐνταῦθα μέντοι οὐ τὸ μετάρσιον καὶ κοῦφον ἡμῖν αἰνίττεται μόνον ὁ προφήτης διὰ τῶν πτερύγων τούτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕτερόν τι φρικῶδες.

English

Holy, holy, holy, Lord of hosts. The whole earth is full of his glory. What do these wings mean for us, and what do the wings hint at for us? For those bodiless powers certainly do not have wings; but again, through coarser forms the prophet intimates certain ineffable things to us, condescending to the weakness of those who heard him then, yet at the same time through this condescension showing us with precision thoughts that surpass every mind. What, then, do the wings hint at? The lofty and elevated nature of these powers. Thus Gabriel too is seen flying and descending from the heavens, so that you may learn the swift and light. And why do you marvel if he has used these words of the liturgical powers, when even of God himself, the God of all, he did not decline to employ this condescension? For wishing to show either his incorporeality or the swiftness of his presence everywhere, David says: He who walks upon the wings of the winds. And yet neither do the winds have wings, nor does he walk upon wings. For how could he who is present everywhere? But, as I said before, condescending to the weakness of his hearers, he led their mind up from things that are familiar. And again, wishing to show his help and the security that comes from it, he used the same words, saying thus: In the shelter of your wings you will cover me. Here, however, the prophet hints at for us not only the elevated and light through these wings, but also something else awe-inspiring.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:122 · narrative
Source · Greek

Δείκνυσι γὰρ ὅτι εἰ καὶ συγκατάβασις ἦν τὸ ὁρώμενον, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἦν, οὐδὲ αἱ ἄνω δυνάμεις πρὸς τὸ μέτρον τοῦτο χωρῆσαι ἠδύναντο. Τὸ γὰρ καλύπτειν τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰ πρόσωπα καὶ τὰ νῶτα, ἐκπληττομένων ἦν, τρεμουσῶν [τὴν ἀστραπήν], οὐ φερουσῶν τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου πηδῶσαν ἀστραπήν. Διὰ τοῦτο,

καθάπερ τινὶ τειχίῳ, τῇ τῶν πτερύγων προβολῇ συνεσκίαζον τὰς ἑαυτῶν ὄψεις· καὶ ὅπερ ἡμεῖς πάσχειν εἰώθαμεν, ἢ βροντῶν καταρρηγνυμένων ἢ ἀστραπῶν, ἐπὶ τὸ ἔδαφος κλινόμενοι, τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ἐκεῖναι ἔπασχον. Εἰ δὲ τὰ Σεραφίμ, αἱ μεγάλαι καὶ θαυμάσιαι δυνάμεις ἐκεῖναι, Θεὸν καθήμενον καὶ ἐπὶ θρόνου καθήμενον ἰδεῖν ἀδεῶς οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ὄψεις καὶ τοὺς πόδας ἐκάλυπτον, τίς ἂν παραστήσειε λόγος τὴν μανίαν τῶν αὐτὸν τὸν Θεὸν εἰδέναι σαφῶς λεγόντων καὶ τὴν ἀκήρατον ἐκείνην περιεργαζομένων οὐσίαν; Ταῖς δυσὶν ἐπέταντο καὶ ἐκέκραγον. Τί ποτέ ἐστι τοῦτο τό· Ἐπέταντο καὶ τί παρασημᾶναι βούλεται; Ὅτι διηνεκῶς περὶ τὸν Θεόν εἰσι καὶ παρ' αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἀφίστανται, ἀλλ' αὐτὴ αὐτοῖς ἡ πολιτεία, τὸ διηνεκῶς εἰς αὐτὸν ᾄδειν, τὸ διαπαντὸς εὐφημεῖν τὸν ποιήσαντα. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν· Ἐκέκραξαν, ἀλλ' Ἐκέκραγον, τουτέστι, διηνεκῶς τοῦτο ἔργον ἔχουσιν. Ἕτερος πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον καὶ ἔλεγον· Ἅγιος, ἅγιος, ἅγιος. Τοῦτο τὴν παναρμόνιον αὐτῶν συμφωνίαν δηλοῖ καὶ τὴν μετὰ πολλῆς ὁμονοίας εὐφημίαν. Οὗτος ὁ ὕμνος οὐκ εὐφημία μόνον ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ καὶ προφητεία τῶν καταληψομένων τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀγαθῶν καὶ δογμάτων ἀκρίβεια. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν οὐκ εἶπον ἅπαξ καὶ ἐσίγησαν, οὐδὲ δεύτερον καὶ ἔστησαν, ἀλλὰ τρίτον καὶ προσέθηκαν;

English

For he shows that even if what was seen was a condescension, as indeed it was, not even the powers above were able to contain this measure. For to cover their feet and faces and backs was the mark of those struck with amazement, trembling [at the lightning], unable to bear the lightning that leaped from the throne. Therefore,

as though with a kind of wall, by the projection of their wings they overshadowed their own eyes; and what we are accustomed to suffer when thunders crash or lightnings flash, bending down to the ground, this indeed those powers also suffered. But if the Seraphim, those great and wondrous powers, were not able to see God sitting and seated upon a throne without fear, but covered both their eyes and their feet, what account could set forth the madness of those who say they know God himself clearly and pry into that pure essence? With two they flew and cried out. What ever is this, "They flew," and what does it wish to signify? That they are continually about God and do not depart from him, but this is their very way of life: to sing to him continually, to praise forever the one who made them. For he did not say, "They cried out," but "They kept crying out," that is, they have this as their continual work. One to another and they said: Holy, holy, holy. This makes clear their harmonious concord and their praise with great unanimity. This hymn is not only praise, but also prophecy of the good things that will take hold of the world and exactness of doctrines. And for what reason did they not say it once and fall silent, nor a second time and stop, but a third time and then add?

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:123 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὐκ εὔδηλον ὅτι τῇ Τριάδι τὸν ὕμνον ἀναφέρουσαι τοῦτο ἐποίουν; Διά τοι τοῦτο ὁ μὲν Ἰωάννης περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ φησιν εἰρῆσθαι, ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς περὶ τοῦ Πνεύματος, οἱ δὲ προφῆται περὶ τοῦ Πατρός. Καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς δὲ ταύτην ἡμῖν ἐμφαίνει τὴν ἔννοιαν. Μετὰ γὰρ τὸν ὕμνον ἐπήγαγον· Πλήρης πᾶσα ἡ γῆ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ, ὅπερ ἦν προφητείας ἀκριβοῦς· τὴν μέλλουσαν γνῶσιν προαναφωνοῦσι, δι' ἧς ἡ οἰκουμένη τῆς δόξης ἐνεπλήσθη τοῦ Θεοῦ· ὡς τό γε παλαιὸν καὶ ἡνίκα ταῦτα ἐλέγετο, οὐ μόνον τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς οἰκουμένης μέρος, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὴ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἡ χώρα πολλῆς ἀσεβείας ἦν ἐμπεπλησμένη καὶ οὐδεὶς οὐδαμοῦ τὸν Θεὸν ἐδόξαζε. Καὶ μάρτυς αὐτὸς ὁ προφήτης λέγων ὅτι Δι' ὑμᾶς τὸ ὄνομά μου βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι. Πότε οὖν πλήρης ἐγένετο ἡ γῆ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ; Ὅτε ὁ ὕμνος οὗτος εἰς τὴν γῆν κατηνέχθη καὶ συγχορευταὶ τῶν ἄνω δυνάμεων οἱ κάτω γεγόνασιν ἄνθρωποι καὶ μίαν τὴν μελῳδίαν ἀνήγαγον καὶ κοινὴν τὴν εὐφημίαν ἐποιήσαντο. Εἰ δὲ ἀναισχυντεῖ πρὸς ταῦτα ὁ Ἰουδαῖος, δειξάτω πότε πᾶσα ἡ γῆ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ πλήρης ἐγένετο ταύτης τῆς ἀπὸ τῆς γνώσεως; Ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι δεῖξαι, κἂν μυριάκις ἀναισχυντῇ. Καὶ ἐπήρθη τὸ ὑπέρθυρον ἀπὸ τῆς φωνῆς, ἧς ἐκέκραγον. Εἶδες προφητείας εὐκολίαν τὰ πράγματα ἀλλήλων ἐχόμενα; Μετὰ γὰρ τὸν ὕμνον τοῦτον καὶ τὸ πληρωθῆναι τὴν γῆν τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ, ἐπαύσατο τὰ Ἰουδαϊκὰ ἅπαντα, ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸ διὰ τοῦ ἐπαρθῆναι τὸ ὑπέρθυρον ἐδήλωσεν. Ἐρημώσεως γὰρ τουτὶ τὸ σημεῖον ἦν, καὶ ἀνατροπῆς τοῦ ναοῦ· τοῦ ναοῦ δὲ ἀφανισθέντος, καὶ τἄλλα συγκατελύετο πάντα. Καὶ ἵνα μάθῃς ὅτι ἡ Καινὴ τὴν Παλαιὰν ἔπαυσεν·

English

Is it not clear that they did this while offering the hymn to the Trinity? For this reason John says it was spoken concerning the Son, Luke concerning the Spirit, and the prophets concerning the Father. And what follows also makes this thought clear to us. For after the hymn they added: The whole earth is full of his glory, which was a mark of precise prophecy; they proclaim beforehand the knowledge that was to come, through which the inhabited world was filled with the glory of God. For in ancient times, when these things were being said, not only the rest of the inhabited world but even the country of Judea itself was filled with great impiety, and no one anywhere was glorifying God. And the prophet himself is a witness, saying: Because of you my name is blasphemed among the nations. When, then, did the earth become full of his glory? When this hymn was brought down to the earth, and humans below became fellow-dancers with the powers above, and they raised up one melody and made their praise common. But if the Jew is shameless toward these things, let him show when the whole earth became full of this glory that comes from knowledge. But he would not be able to show it, even if he were shameless ten thousand times over. And the threshold was lifted up at the sound of what they cried out. Did you see the ease of prophecy—how the events follow one another? For after this hymn and the filling of the earth with his glory, all the Jewish things ceased, which this very fact signified through the lifting up of the threshold. For this was a sign of desolation and of the overthrow of the temple; and when the temple was destroyed, all the other things were overthrown along with it. And so that you may learn that the New put an end to the Old—

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:124 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀπὸ τῆς φωνῆς, φησίν, ἐπήρθη τὸ ὑπέρθυρον· τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ παραγενέσθαι τὴν δοξολογίαν ταύτην καὶ λάμψαι τὴν χάριν καὶ τὴν δόξαν ἐκχυθῆναι πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ τῆς σκιᾶς ἐκποδὼν γέγονε. Καὶ ὁ οἶκος ἐνεπλήσθη καπνοῦ. Ἐμοὶ καὶ τοῦτο δοκεῖ σημεῖον εἶναι τῆς ἁλώσεως τῆς αὐτοὺς καταληψομένης καὶ τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ πυρὸς καὶ τοῦ χαλεπωτάτου ἐμπρησμοῦ. Καὶ εἶπον· Ὢ τάλας ἐγὼ ὅτι κατανένυγμαι, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος ὢν καὶ ἀκάθαρτα χείλη ἔχων καὶ ἐν μέσῳ λαοῦ ἀκάθαρτα χείλη ἔχοντος ἐγὼ οἰκῶ καὶ τὸν Κύριον Σαβαὼθ εἶδον τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου. Ἐξέπληξε τὸν προφήτην ἡ ὄψις, διανέστησεν, εἰς πολὺν τὸν φόβον ἐνέβαλε, πρὸς ἐξομολόγησιν ἐκίνησεν, ἀκριβέστερον τὴν εὐτέλειαν τῆς οἰκείας οὐσίας ἐπιγνῶναι παρεσκεύασε. Τοιοῦτοι γὰρ οἱ ἅγιοι πάντες· ἐπειδὰν μείζονος ἀπολαύσωσι τιμῆς τότε ταπεινοῦνται μειζόνως. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ Ἀβραὰμ τῷ Θεῷ διαλεγόμενος, γῆν καὶ σποδὸν ἑαυτὸν ἐκάλει· οὕτω καὶ Παῦλος, ὅτε τῆς ὄψεως ἐκείνης κατηξιώθη, τότε ἔκτρωμα ἑαυτὸν ὠνόμασεν· οὕτω δὴ καὶ οὗτος ταλανίζει ἑαυτὸν πρότερον ἀπὸ τῆς φύσεως λέγων· Ὢ τάλας ἐγώ, ὅτι κατανένυγμαι, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος ὤν· εἶτα ἀπὸ τῆς

English

From the voice, he says, the lintel was lifted up; that is, from the coming of this doxology and the shining of grace and the pouring out of glory everywhere throughout the inhabited world, the things of the shadow have been removed. And the house was filled with smoke. To me this too seems a sign of the capture that would overtake them, and of the barbarian fire and the most grievous conflagration. And I said: Woe is me, for I am pricked to the heart, for being a man and having unclean lips, and I dwell in the midst of a people having unclean lips, and I have seen the Lord Sabaoth with my eyes. The vision astonished the prophet, roused him, cast him into great fear, moved him to confession, and prepared him to recognize more accurately the lowliness of his own nature. For all the saints are like this: whenever they enjoy greater honor, then they humble themselves more greatly. Thus also Abraham, conversing with God, called himself earth and ashes; thus also Paul, when he was deemed worthy of that vision, then called himself an untimely birth; thus indeed this man also bewails himself, first from nature, saying: Woe is me, for I am pricked to the heart, for being a man; then from the

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:125 · narrative
Source · Greek

γνώμης, Καὶ ἀκάθαρτα χείλη ἔχων. Ἀκάθαρτα αὐτοῦ τὰ χείλη ἐκάλεσεν, ὡς ἔγωγε οἶμαι, πρὸς τὴν παράθεσιν τῶν ἐμπύρων στομάτων ἐκείνων τῶν καθαρῶν δυνάμεων, τῆς ἀκριβεστάτης λειτουργίας ἐκείνης. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἔστη, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ παντὸς ἐξομολογεῖται, ἐπάγων καὶ λέγων· Ἐν μέσῳ λαοῦ ἀκάθαρτα χείλη ἔχοντος ἐγὼ οἰκῶ. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν χείλη ἐνταῦθα αἰτιᾶται; Τὸ ἀπαρρησίαστον ἐμφαίνων. Ἐπεὶ καὶ οἱ παῖδες οἱ τρεῖς τοῦτο αὐτὸ ἔλεγον σχεδόν, ἐν τῇ καμίνῳ ὄντες· Οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀνοῖξαι τὸ στόμα. Καὶ νῦν, ἐπειδὴ ὑμνῳδίας ἦν καιρὸς καὶ εὐφημίας καὶ τὰς ἄνω δυνάμεις ἑώρα τοῦτο ποιούσας, εἰκότως ἐπὶ τὰ χείλη τρέπει τὸν λόγον, τὰ μάλιστα πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην διακονίαν καλούμενα. Ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν αὐτοῦ διὰ τοῦτο ἀκάθαρτα ἐκάλεσε, τὰ δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ πολλῆς ἀνομίας ἦσαν ἐμπεπλησμένοι. Καὶ τὸν βασιλέα Κύριον εἶδον τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου. Διὰ τοῦτο στένω καὶ θρηνῶ, φησίν, ὅτι τοσαύτης ἠξιώθην τιμῆς ἀνάξιος ὢν ὑπερβαινούσης μου τὴν ἀξίαν, ἀναβεβηκυίας μου τὴν φύσιν. Ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ· Εἶδον, μὴ τὴν ἀκριβῆ κατανόησιν νόμιζε, ἀλλὰ τὴν αὐτῷ δυνατήν. Καὶ σκόπει πόσον τῆς ἐξομολογήσεως τὸ κέρδος. Κατηγόρησεν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ εὐθέως ἐκαθάρθη. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ταῦτα εἶπε τὰ ῥήματα· Ἀπεστάλη πρός με, φησίν, ἓν τῶν Σεραφὶμ καὶ ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ εἶχεν ἄνθρακα, ὃν τῇ λαβίδι ἔλαβεν ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου. Καὶ ἥψατο τοῦ στόματός μου καὶ εἶπεν· Ἰδοὺ ἥψατο τοῦτο τῶν χειλέων σου καὶ ἀφελεῖ τὰς ἀνομίας σου καὶ τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου περικαθαριεῖ.

English

of his disposition, and having unclean lips. He called his lips unclean, as I myself think, in comparison with those fiery mouths of the pure powers, that most exact liturgy. And he did not stop even here, but also confesses on behalf of all the people, adding and saying: I dwell in the midst of a people having unclean lips. And for what reason does he here blame the lips? Showing the lack of boldness. Since even the three children said almost this very thing, being in the furnace: It is not for us to open our mouth. And now, since it was a time for hymnody and praise, and he saw the powers above doing this, reasonably he turns his discourse to the lips, which are especially called to such a ministry. But his own lips he called unclean for this reason, while those of the people not so, but because they were filled with much lawlessness. And I saw the King, the Lord, with my eyes. For this reason, he says, I groan and lament, because I was deemed worthy of such honor though I am unworthy, it surpassing my worth, exceeding my nature. But when he says, I saw, do not think it was exact comprehension, but such as was possible for him. And consider how great is the profit of confession. He accused himself and was immediately cleansed. For because he spoke these words: One of the Seraphim, he says, was sent to me, and in his hand he had a coal, which he took with the tongs from the altar. And he touched my mouth and said: Behold, this has touched your lips and will take away your lawless deeds and will thoroughly cleanse your sins.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:126 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τινὲς μὲν καὶ τῶν μυστηρίων τῶν μελλόντων σύμβολα ταῦτα εἶναί φασι, τὸ θυσιαστήριον, τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἐπικείμενον, τὴν διακονουμένην δύναμιν, τὸ ἐν τῷ στόματι δίδοσθαι, τὸ καθαίρειν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα· ἡμεῖς δὲ τέως τῆς ἱστορίας ἐχόμεθα καὶ λέγομεν τίνος ἕνεκεν τοῦτο γεγένηται. Μέλλει πέμπεσθαι πρὸς τὸν δῆμον τὸν Ἰουδαϊκόν, φοβερά τινα ἀπαγγέλλων καὶ ἀφόρητα. Πέμπεται τοίνυν τὰ Σεραφίμ, ὥστε ἀπαλλάξαι φόβου καὶ παρρησίας αὐτὸν ἐμπλῆσαι. Καὶ ἵνα μὴ προβάλληται, καθάπερ Μωϋσῆς, λέγων ἰσχνόφωνος εἶναι καὶ Ἱερεμίας, νεώτερος εἶναι, οὕτω καὶ οὗτος ἀκάθαρτα χείλη ἔχειν καὶ μὴ δύνασθαι διακονῆσαι τοῖς λεγομένοις, ἔρχεται τὰ Σεραφὶμ ἐκκαθαίροντα αὐτοῦ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, οὐκ οἰκείᾳ δυνάμει (τοῦτο γὰρ Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου Πνεύματος μόνον), ἀλλ' ἐπιτάγματι καὶ δόσει τῶν ἀνθράκων. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν· Ἰδοὺ ἀφαιρῶ ἐγώ, ἀλλ' Ἰδοὺ τοῦτο ἀφαιρεῖται τὰς ἀνομίας σου, καὶ τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου περικαθαριεῖ διὰ τὸ ἐπίταγμα τοῦ πέμψαντος. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν ἐν τῇ λαβίδι τὰ Σεραφὶμ ἔλαβε τὸν ἄνθρακα; Οὐ γὰρ δὴ ἡ ἀσώματος δύναμις ἐγκατακαίεσθαι ἔμελλεν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθράκων. Τίνος ἕνεκεν ταῦτα γεγένηται; Διὰ πολλὴν συγκατάβασιν. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λαμβάνει, ἔνθα αἱ θυσίαι προσεφέροντο καὶ οἱ καθαρμοὶ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων. Εἰ δὲ λέγοις· Πῶς τὸ στόμα οὐ κατεκάη τοῦ προφήτου; Μάλιστα μὲν οὐδὲ πῦρ αἰσθητὸν ἦν τὸ φαινόμενον· ἄλλως δέ, ὅταν ὁ Θεὸς ἐργάζηταί τι, μὴ πολυπραγμόνει, μηδὲ περιεργάζου. Καὶ γὰρ ἐνεργοῦν καὶ αἰσθητὸν πῦρ σώμασιν ὁμιλῆσαν, τὰ τοῦ πυρὸς οὐκ ἐπεδείξατο.

English

Some also say that these things are symbols of the mysteries to come—the altar, the fire laid upon it, the ministering power, the thing given into the mouth, the cleansing of sins. But for now we hold to the historical sense and ask for what reason this happened. He is about to be sent to the Jewish people, announcing certain fearful and unbearable things. The Seraphim, then, are sent so as to free him from fear and fill him with boldness. And so that he might not object, as Moses did, saying he was slow of speech, and Jeremiah, that he was too young, and this man likewise, that he had unclean lips and could not minister to what was being said, the Seraphim come, cleansing his sins—not by their own power (for that belongs to the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit alone), but by the command and gift of the coals. For he did not say, "Behold, I take away," but "Behold, this takes away your iniquities, and will cleanse your sins," through the command of the one who sent it. And for what reason did the Seraphim take the coal with tongs? For surely the incorporeal power was not going to be burned up by the coals. For what reason did these things happen? Because of great condescension. For this reason he also takes it from the altar, where the sacrifices were offered and the cleansings of sins took place. But if you say, "How was the prophet's mouth not burned up?" In the first place, the fire that appeared was not perceptible fire; and besides, when God is working something, do not be busybodying nor prying. For even perceptible fire, when it is at work and has contact with bodies, has not displayed the properties of fire.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:127 · narrative
Source · Greek

Εἰ δὲ ἔνθα κληματίδες καὶ πίσσα, τῆς οἰκείας ἐπελάθετο φύσεως ἡ φλόξ, τί θαυμά ζεις, εἰ νῦν τοσαύτης παραδοξοποιίας γενομένης ἐκάθηρεν, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔκαυσε τουτὶ τὸ πῦρ; Καὶ ἤκουσα τῆς φωνῆς Κυρίου λέγοντος· Τίνα ἀποστελῶ καὶ τίς πορεύσεται πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον; Ὁρᾷς πόσον ἤνυσεν ἡ ὄψις, πόσον κατώρθωσεν ὁ φόβος; Καίτοι γε καὶ ἐπὶ Μωϋσέως τοιοῦτόν τι γέγονεν· εἰ γὰρ μὴ Σεραφὶμ ἐφάνη, μηδὲ αὐτὸς ἐπὶ θρόνου καθήμενος, ἀλλ' ὅμως ἕτερον παράδοξον θέαμα τότε ἐδείχθη τῷ προφήτῃ καὶ τοιοῦτον, ὡς μηδένα ἀντιβλέψαι δυνηθῆναι τῷ φαινομένῳ. Ὁ γὰρ βάτος ἐκαίετο, φησί, καὶ οὐ κατεκαίετο. Ἀλλ' ὅμως καὶ μετ' ἐκεῖνα καὶ τὴν πολλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ παραίνεσιν ὁ μέγας ἀναδύεται Μωϋσῆς καὶ σκήπτεται καὶ μυρίας ἐπινοεῖ προφάσεις παραιτήσεως, λέγων· Ἰσχνόφωνός εἰμι καὶ βραδύγλωσσος καί· Προχείρισαι σὺ ἄλλον, ὃν ἐξαποστελεῖς. Καὶ Ἱερεμίας δὲ τὴν ἡλικίαν προβάλλεται. Καὶ Ἰεζεκιὴλ δὲ μετὰ τὸ

κελευσθῆναι ἑπτὰ διατρίβει περὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἡμέρας, ἀναδυόμενος καὶ ὀκνῶν. Διὸ καὶ τὴν παραβολὴν ἐκείνην προσέθηκεν ὁ Θεὸς λέγων· Σκοπὸν δέδωκά σε τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰσραήλ· καὶ ὅτι Τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτῶν ἐκ χειρός σου ἐκζητήσω. Ἰωνᾶς δὲ οὐ μόνον παρῃτήσατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐδραπέτευσε. Τί οὖν; τολμηρότερος πάντων ὁ Ἡσαΐας καὶ Μωϋσέως τοῦ μεγάλου; Καὶ τίς ἂν τοῦτο εἴποι; Πόθεν οὖν κελευόμενος ἐκεῖνος ἀνεδύετο, οὗτος δὲ μὴ φανερῶς ἐπιταγεὶς εἰσεπήδησεν; Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν· Ἄπελθε· ἀλλὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος· Τίνα ἀποστελῶ; ἥρπασε τὸ ἐπίταγμα.

English

But if there, where there were vine-twigs and pitch, the flame forgot its own nature, why do you marvel if now, when so great a wonder was wrought, this fire cleansed and did not burn? And I heard the voice of the Lord saying: Whom shall I send, and who will go to this people? Do you see how much the vision accomplished, how much the fear set right? And yet something of this sort also happened in the case of Moses; for even if no Seraphim appeared, nor did he himself sit upon a throne, nevertheless another wondrous sight was then shown to the prophet, and such a one that no one was able to look it in the face. For the bush, it says, was burning and was not consumed. But nevertheless, even after those things and the great exhortation of God, the great Moses drew back and excused himself and devised countless pretexts for refusal, saying: I am weak of voice and slow of tongue; and: Appoint another whom you will send. And Jeremiah also pleads his age. And Ezekiel, after being commanded, spends seven days by the river, drawing back and hesitating. Therefore God also added that parable, saying: I have given you as a watchman to the house of Israel; and: Their soul I will require at your hand. But Jonah not only refused, but even fled. What then? Is Isaiah bolder than all, even than the great Moses? And who would say this? From where, then, did that one, when commanded, draw back, while this one, though not openly commanded, leaped forward? For he did not say: Go; but when God said: Whom shall I send? he seized upon the command.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:128 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τινὲς μὲν οὖν φασιν, ὅτι ἐπειδὴ ἥμαρτε, τὸν Ὀζίαν οὐκ ἐλέγξας κατατολμῶντα τῶν ἀδύτων, ὑπὲρ ἐκείνης βουλόμενος ἀπολογήσασθαι τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τῇ μετὰ ταῦτα προθυμίᾳ τῆς ὑπακοῆς ἐπεπήδησε ταχέως, ὥστε ἐξιλεώσασθαι τὸν Θεόν. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ ἀκάθαρτα τὰ χείλη αὐτοῦ ἔλεγεν εἶναι διὰ τὸ ἀπαρρησίαστον. Ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν ἀνασχοίμην τῶν ταῦτα λεγόντων· ἀξιοπιστότερος γὰρ αὐτῶν ὁ Παῦλος, ὁ τολμήτην αὐτὸν καλῶν καὶ λέγων· Ἡσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει. Διὰ γοῦν τοῦτο οὐδὲ τῷ κοινῷ, ὥς φασι, νόμῳ τὴν ζωὴν κατέλυσεν, ἀλλὰ χαλεπωτάτην ὑπέστη τιμωρίαν, τῶν Ἰουδαίων οὐκ ἐνεγκόντων αὐτοῦ τὴν παρρησίαν. Χωρὶς δὲ τούτων οὐδέ φησιν ἡ Γραφή που, ὅτι παρῆν, ἡνίκα τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ὀζίαν ἐγίνετο, καὶ παρὼν ἐσίγα, ἀλλ' οἴκοθεν καὶ παρ' ἑαυτῶν ταῦτα οἱ λέγοντες στοχάζονται. Τί οὖν ἔστιν εἰπεῖν; Ὅτι οὐκ ἦν ἴσον τὸ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῦτο. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἀλλοτρίαν ἐπέμπετο καὶ βάρβαρον χώραν καὶ πρὸς τύραννον, μαινόμενον καὶ λυττῶντα· οὗτος δὲ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους καὶ πολλὰ πολλάκις ἀκηκοότας καὶ ἐν πολλῷ παιδευθέντας χρόνῳ· καὶ οὐ τοσαύτης ἀνδρείας ἦν τὸ ὑπακοῦσαι ἐκεῖ τε καὶ ἐνταῦθα. Τινὲς δέ φασιν ὅτι καὶ ἕτερόν τι αὐτῷ τὴν προθυμίαν ἐποίησε ταύτην. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὑπέρ τε ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τοῦ λαοῦ ἐξωμολογήσατο καὶ τὰ Σεραφὶμ εἶδεν ἀποσταλέντα καὶ ἐκκαθάραντα αὐτοῦ τὰ χείλη, προσδοκήσας ὅτι καὶ τῷ λαῷ ταῦτα συμβήσεται καὶ ταῦτα ἀπελεύσεται ἀπαγγέλλων, προθύμως ἥρπασε τὸ λεχθέν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦσαν φιλόθεοι, οὕτω καὶ φιλόστοργοι μάλιστα πάντων ἀνθρώπων οἱ ἅγιοι. Ἐλπίσας οὖν λύσιν τινὰ τῶν κακῶν ἀπαγγελεῖν, ἐπεπήδησε ταχέως καί φησιν·

English

Some say, then, that because Uzziah sinned and he did not rebuke him when he audaciously attempted the forbidden things, wishing to make defense for that sin, he leapt forward quickly with the subsequent zeal of obedience, so as to propitiate God. For this reason he also said that his lips were unclean, on account of his lack of boldness of speech. But I would not tolerate those who say these things; for Paul is more trustworthy than they, who calls him a daring man and says, "But Isaiah is bold and says." For this reason, then, he did not end his life by the common law, as they say, but underwent the most severe punishment, since the Jews could not endure his boldness of speech. Apart from these things, the Scripture nowhere says that he was present when the events concerning Uzziah took place, and being present kept silent; but those who say these things conjecture them from their own resources and of themselves. What then is one to say? That the case of Moses and this one were not equal. For the one was sent to a foreign and barbarous land and to a tyrant, raging and raving; but this one to his own people, who had often heard many things and been educated over a long time; and to obey there and here was not a matter of equal courage. But some say that something else also produced this zeal in him. For since he had confessed on behalf of himself and the people, and had seen the Seraphim sent and cleansing his lips, expecting that these things would also happen to the people and that he would go away announcing these things, he eagerly seized what was said. For just as they were lovers of God, so also the saints were especially affectionate beyond all men. Hoping, then, to announce some release from evils, he leapt forward quickly and says:

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:129 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἰδοὺ ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀπόστειλόν με. Ἄλλως δὲ καὶ ψυχὴν σφόδρα πρὸς κινδύνους παρατεταγμένην εἶχε· καὶ δῆλον αὐτοῦ τοῦτο τὸ ἦθος διὰ πάσης τῆς προφητείας ἐστίν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ὑπέσχετο ἀπελεύσεσθαι καὶ οὐκ ἐτόλμα λοιπὸν ἀνανεῦσαι, τότε ἀκούει τὰ λυπηρά. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὁ Θεὸς αὐτὸν σοφῶς μετεχείρισεν. Οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἶπε· Πορεύθητι καὶ εἰπέ, ἀλλὰ πρότερον μετέωρον ποιήσας τὸ ἐπίταγμα καὶ ἄδηλον τῆς ἀποστολῆς τὸν τρόπον. Ἐπειδὴ ῥᾳδίως ὑπήκουσε, λέγει τὰ καταληψόμενα τοὺς Ἰουδαίους κακά. Τίνα δὲ ταῦτα ἦν; Πορεύθητι, φησί, καὶ εἰπὲ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ· Ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε, καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε. Ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν αὐτῶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν, μήποτε ἴδωσι τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσι καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσι καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσι καὶ ἰάσωμαι αὐτούς. Ταῦτα οὐδὲ ἑρμηνείας οἶμαι δεῖσθαι, τῶν ἀκριβῶς ταῦτα ἐπισταμένων, προλαβόντων καὶ ἐξηγησαμένων αὐτά, Ἰωάννου τε τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς βροντῆς καὶ Παύλου τοῦ τὰ παλαιὰ καὶ τὰ καινὰ μετὰ ἀκριβείας εἰδότος. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ πρὸς τοὺς συνελθόντας μέν, ἀποπηδήσαντας δὲ καὶ οὐκ ἀνασχομένους τῶν λεγομένων, δημηγορῶν ἔλεγε· Καλῶς εἶπε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον· Ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε. Ὁ δὲ τῆς βροντῆς υἱός, ἐπειδὴ θαύματα ἑώρων καὶ οὐκ ἐπίστευον καὶ δογμάτων ἤκουον, καὶ οὐ προσεῖχον (ἀνέστησε γὰρ Λάζαρον ὁ Χριστὸς καὶ ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν ἐπεχείρουν· δαίμονας ἤλαυνε καὶ δαιμονῶντα ἐκάλουν·

English

Behold, here I am; send me. But in another way also he had a soul very much drawn up in readiness for dangers; and this very character of his is evident throughout the whole prophecy. Since, then, he had promised to go and no longer dared to refuse, then he hears the painful things. For God also handled him wisely. For he did not say from the beginning, "Go and speak," but first made the command suspenseful and the manner of the mission unclear. Since he readily obeyed, he tells him the evils that will overtake the Jews. And what were these? "Go," he says, "and say to this people: You shall hear with hearing and you shall not understand, and seeing you shall see and you shall not perceive. For the heart of this people has grown dull, and with their ears they have heard heavily, and their eyes they have shut, lest they see with their eyes and hear with their ears and understand with their heart and turn, and I heal them." These things, I think, do not even need interpretation, since those who know these things accurately have already gone before and expounded them—both John, the son of thunder, and Paul, who knew the old and the new accurately. For the one, in Rome, addressing those who had gathered but had leapt away and did not endure what was said, said: "Well did the Holy Spirit speak: You shall hear with hearing and you shall not understand." And the son of thunder, since they saw wonders and did not believe, and heard doctrines and did not attend—for Christ raised Lazarus and they attempted to kill him; he drove out demons and they called him demon-possessed—

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:130 · narrative
Source · Greek

τῷ Πατρὶ προσῆγε καὶ πλάνον ὠνόμαζον καὶ τὰς ἐναντίας ἐδέχοντο δόξας), μνημονεύει τῆς προφητείας ταύτης λέγων· Καλῶς εἶπεν Ἡσαΐας ὁ προφήτης, ὅτι Ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὰ ἔνδον ὄμματα τῆς διανοίας πεπήρωντο, οὐδὲν ὄφελος ἦν αὐτοῖς τῶν ἔξωθεν ὀφθαλμῶν,

τοῦ κριτηρίου τῆς διανοίας διεφθαρμένου. Διὰ τοῦτο βλέποντες οὐκ ἔβλεπον καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἤκουον· καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν προστίθησιν, ὅτι οὐχὶ τὰ αἰσθητήρια ἦν διεφθαρμένα, οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις λελωβημένη, ἀλλὰ ἡ καρδία πεπηρωμένη. Ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, φησί· πάχος δὲ διανοίας γίνεται ἀπό τε ἁμαρτημάτων, ἀπό τε βιωτικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν. Καὶ ταύτην ἐξηγούμενος τὴν παχύτητα ὁ Παῦλος ἔλεγεν· Οὐκ ἠδυνήθην ὑμῖν λαλῆσαι ὡς πνευματικοῖς ἀλλ' ὡς σαρκικοῖς· οὔπω γὰρ ἠδύνασθε, ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἔτι νῦν δύνασθε. Καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν προστίθησι λέγων· Ὅπου γὰρ ἐν ὑμῖν ἔρεις καὶ ζῆλοι καὶ διχοστασίαι, οὐχὶ σαρκικοί ἐστε; Ἐπεὶ οὖν κἀκεῖνοι φθόνῳ πολλῷ καὶ βασκανίᾳ τηκόμενοι καὶ ἑτέροις μυρίοις πολιορκούμενοι πάθεσι, παχὺ τὸ ὄμμα τῆς διανοίας εἰργάσαντο, καθαρὰ βλέπειν οὐκ ἔτι λοιπὸν ἠδύναντο. Διὸ ἑτέρας περὶ τῶν ὁρωμένων δόξας ἐλάμβανον καὶ τὰς ἐναντίας. Ταῦτα οὖν μετὰ ἀκριβείας ὁρῶν ὁ προφήτης, προανεφώνησε καὶ τοῦ νοσήματος τὴν αἰτίαν. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει, ὡς δυοῖν προφητειῶν οὐσῶν, τὴν μὲν περὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας καὶ τῶν τῆς οἰκουμένης ἀγαθῶν τὰ Σεραφὶμ ἐδέξαντο λέγοντα· Ἅγιος, ἅγιος, ἅγιος, Κύριος Σαβαώθ, πλήρης πᾶσα ἡ γῆ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ·

English

He was bringing them to the Father, and they called him a deceiver and received the opposing opinions), he remembers this prophecy, saying: Well did Isaiah the prophet say, For hearing you shall hear and in no way understand, and seeing you shall see and in no way perceive. For since the inner eyes of the mind had been blinded, there was no benefit to them from the outward eyes, since the faculty of judgment of the mind was corrupted. For this reason, seeing they did not see and hearing they did not hear; and he adds the cause, that it was not the senses that were corrupted, nor nature that was maimed, but the heart that was blinded. For the heart of this people grew fat, he says; and fatness of mind comes both from sins and from worldly desires. And explaining this fatness, Paul said: I could not speak to you as to spiritual but as to carnal; for you were not yet able, but neither even now are you able. And he adds the cause, saying: For where there are among you strifes and jealousies and divisions, are you not carnal? Since, then, those men also, being consumed by great envy and malice and besieged by countless other passions, made the eye of their mind fat, they could no longer see clearly. Therefore they received other opinions concerning the things seen, and opposing ones. The prophet, then, seeing these things with precision, proclaimed beforehand also the cause of the disease. But observe for me, that while there are two prophecies, the Seraphim received the one concerning the Church and the good things of the inhabited world, saying: Holy, holy, holy, Lord Sabaoth, the whole earth is full of his glory;

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:131 · narrative
Source · Greek

τὴν δὲ περὶ τῆς ἁλώσεως καὶ τῶν τιμωριῶν τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν τῷ προφήτῃ κατέλιπον, ἵνα κἀντεῦθεν μάθῃς τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τὴν ὑπεροχήν. Καὶ εἶπον, ἕως πότε, Κύριε; Ὁρᾷς ὡς μάτην οὐδὲ εἰκῆ ἐστοχασάμεθα τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ προφήτου τῆς μετὰ πολλῆς προθυμίας γεγενημένης; Ἐπειδὴ γοῦν τἀναντία ὧν προσεδόκησεν ἤκουσεν ἐρημίαν, πανωλεθρίαν, ἀξιοῖ τὸ γοῦν μέτρον μαθεῖν τῆς τιμωρίας· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐτόλμα ὁλοκλήρου τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοὺς ἐξαρπάσαι, διὰ τὸ προλαβόντα τὸν Θεὸν δεῖξαι ἀσύγγνωστα ἁμαρτάνοντας. Οὐ γὰρ συναρπαγῆς ἦν αὐτῶν τὰ τολμήματα, οὐδὲ γνώμης ἐπηρεαζομένης, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς ἔργον ποιουμένης τὴν παρακοὴν καὶ διανοίας φιλονείκου, καθάπερ ἐκ μελέτης τινὸς καὶ σπουδῆς, ἀνθισταμένης τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ κελευομένοις. Τοῦτο γοῦν αἰνιττόμενος ἔλεγε· Μήποτε ἴδωσι τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσι καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσι καὶ ἰάσωμαι αὐτούς. Ὡσανεὶ δεδοικότες γάρ, φησί, μήποτέ τι τῶν δεόντων μάθωσιν, οὕτω μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σπουδῆς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν ἐπήρωσαν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν καὶ ἡ κατηγορία βαρυτάτη καὶ ἡ τιμωρία ἀπαραίτητος, ὅπερ ἦν λειπόμενον, τοῦτο ζητεῖ μαθεῖν· ἀλλ' ἐν τάξει τοῦ μαθεῖν ἱκετηρίαν εἰσάγει. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐδὲ ὑπὲρ τούτου φανερῶς ἱκετεῦσαι ἐτόλμα, διὰ τοῦτο μαθήσεως προσχήματι ἐρώτησιν ἐπινοεῖ λέγων· Ἕως πότε, Κύριε; Καὶ εἶπεν· Ἕως ἂν ἐρημωθῶσι πόλεις παρὰ τὸ μὴ κατοικεῖσθαι καὶ οἶκοι παρὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι ἀνθρώπους· καὶ ἡ γῆ καταλειφθήσεται ἔρημος. Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα μακρυνεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ πληθυνθήσονται οἱ καταλειφθέντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἔτι ἐπ' αὐτῆς ἐστι τὸ Ἐπιδέκατον.

English

But the things concerning the capture and the punishments of the Jews I have left to the prophet, so that even from this you may learn the superiority of the Church. And I said, Until when, Lord? Do you see that not in vain nor at random have we aimed at the obedience of the prophet, which came to be with much eagerness? Since, then, contrary to what he expected, he heard desolation, utter destruction, he asks at least to learn the measure of the punishment; for he did not dare to snatch them wholly from the wrath, because God had beforehand shown that they sinned unforgivably. For their audacious deeds were not of a sudden seizure, nor of a mind being spitefully influenced, but the work of a soul making obedience its business and of a contentious mind, as if from some study and zeal, opposing the things commanded by God. Hinting at this, then, he said: Lest they see with their eyes and understand with their heart and turn and I heal them. For as if they were afraid, he says, lest they learn any of the things they ought, so with much zeal they blinded their mind. Since, then, both the accusation is most heavy and the punishment inexorable, what was left over, this he seeks to learn; but in the place of learning he introduces a supplication. And since he did not dare openly to supplicate even for this, for this reason, under the pretext of learning, he devises a question, saying: Until when, Lord? And he said: Until the cities are made desolate for lack of being inhabited, and houses for lack of there being men; and the land shall be left desolate. And after these things God will remove men far away, and those left upon the earth shall be multiplied, and still upon it is the Tenth.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:132 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καὶ πάλιν ἔσται εἰς προνομὴν ὡς τερέβινθος καὶ ὡς βάλανος, ὅταν ἐκπέσῃ ἐκ τῆς θήκης αὐτῆς. Σπέρμα ἅγιον τὸ στήλωμα αὐτῆς. Τὴν προφητείαν ἀπαρτίσας ἐκείνην, ἐπὶ τὴν ἱστορίαν πάλιν ἐξάγει τὸν λόγον, τήν τε ἅλωσιν τῶν δέκα φυλῶν προαναφωνῶν, τήν τε διὰ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν ἐκείνην ἐπὶ ταῖς δύο φυλαῖς μακροθυμίαν γεγενημένην· εἶτα καὶ τὴν τούτων αὐτῶν ἀπαγωγήν, ἐπειδὴ εἰς οὐδὲν δέον ἐχρήσαντο τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ· καὶ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ λειψάνου πάλιν ἀναφθησομένην αὐτοῖς εὐημερίαν. Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ λέγῃ· Ἕως ἂν ἐρημωθῶσι πόλεις παρὰ τὸ μὴ κατοικεῖσθαι, τῶν δέκα φυλῶν τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν αἰνίττεται. Καὶ γὰρ ἄρδην ἠφανίσθησαν ἅπαντες καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σφοδρότητος ἀνάρπαστοι γενόμενοι πάντες εἰς τὴν ἀλλοτρίαν ἀπηνέχθησαν, ὡς καὶ τὰς πόλεις ἁπάσας ἑστάναι κενὰς ἀνθρώπων καὶ τὴν γῆν ἔρημον τῶν θεραπευόντων αὐτὴν εἰς ὠφέλειαν τῶν ὑπολειφθησομένων. Ὅταν μὲν οὖν λέγῃ· Ἕως ἐρημωθῶσι πόλεις παρὰ τὸ μὴ κατοικεῖσθαι καὶ οἶκοι παρὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι ἀνθρώπους, τότε λέγει καὶ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν. Ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ ὅτι Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα μακρυνεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τοῦς ἀνθρώπους, ἢ τὴν ὁλοσχερῆ πάντων εὐπραγίαν αἰνίττεται ἢ τὴν μετὰ τὴν ἀπαγωγὴν τῶν δέκα φυλῶν γενομένην ταῖς δύο φυλαῖς εὐημερίαν. Ἀπαλλαγέντες γὰρ τοῦ Σεναχειρὶμ

English

And again it shall be for a spoil as a terebinth and as an acorn, when it falls from its husk. A holy seed is its stump. Having completed that prophecy, he again brings the discourse back to history, foretelling both the capture of the ten tribes and the long-suffering that came upon the two tribes because of that captivity; then also the leading away of these very people, since they used the long-suffering for no good purpose; and again the prosperity that would be kindled for them from the remnant. For when he says, Until the cities be made desolate because they are not inhabited, he hints at the captivity of the ten tribes. For they were all utterly destroyed and, carried off with great violence, all were borne away into a foreign land, so that all the cities stood empty of men and the land was desolate of those who cultivated it for the benefit of those who would be left. When, then, he says, Until the cities be made desolate because they are not inhabited, and houses because there are no men, then he speaks also of the captivity. But when he says, And after these things God will make the men far off, he either hints at the complete prosperity of all, or the prosperity that came to the two tribes after the leading away of the ten tribes. For having been delivered from Sennacherib

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:133 · narrative
Source · Greek

καὶ τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ στρατοπέδου, καὶ τῆς παραδόξου νίκης ἀπολαύσαντες, εἰς πλῆθος πάλιν ἐπέδοσαν καὶ εἰς βίου μῆκος, οὐδενὸς πολέμου θορυβοῦντος αὐτούς. Ὅταν δὲ εἴπῃ ὅτι Μακρυνεῖ ἢ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἢ τὸ μῆκος τῶν ἐτῶν αἰνίττεται. Καὶ ἵνα μάθῃς ὅτι περὶ τῶν δύο φυλῶν ταῦτά φησιν, ἐπήγαγεν ὅτι Ἐπ' αὐτῆς ἐστι τὸ Ἐπιδέκατον, Ἐπιδέκατον λέγων τὸ ἐπάνω τῶν δέκα, τὸ περισσὸν τῶν δέκα, ὅπερ ἦσαν αἱ δύο φυλαί. Ταύτῃ καὶ Παῦλος τῇ λέξει κέχρηται λέγων· Ἐπάνω πεντακοσίοις ἀδελφοῖς, τουτέστι, πλείοσι πεντακοσίων. Καὶ πάλιν ἔσται εἰς προνομὴν ὡς τερέβινθος. Τουτέστι, αἱ δύο φυλαί. Καὶ ὡς βάλανος, ὅταν ἐκπέσῃ τῆς θήκης αὐτῆς. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἀτερπὴς ἐκεῖνος ὁ καρπὸς ἐκπεσὼν τῆς θήκης, οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι καταγέλαστοι καὶ ἐπονείδιστοι ἔσονται τῆς πόλεως ἐκπεσόντες καὶ τῆς δόξης ἐκείνης γυμνωθέντες ἅπαντες. Σπέρμα ἅγιον τὸ στήλωμα αὐτῆς. Οὐ μὴν ἀνίατα τὰ κακὰ ἔσται, φησίν, οὐδὲ ἀτελεύτητα, ἀλλὰ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῆς ἅγιον ἔσται, καὶ Στήλωμα, τουτέστι, βέβαιον, πεπηγός, ἀκίνητον, ἀναμένον τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων μεταβολήν. Τῆς μὲν γὰρ εὐπραγίας ἐκπεσοῦνται, αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐ πανωλεθρίαν ὑποστήσονται, ἀλλὰ μενοῦσι καὶ στήσονται, ἕως ἂν ἀπολάβωσι τὴν προτέραν πολιτείαν πάλιν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν προτέραν ἐπανέλθωσιν ἁγιστίαν.

English

And having enjoyed the barbarian army and the paradoxical victory, they again advanced into multitude and into length of life, with no war disturbing them. But when he says "Makrynei," he hints either at the multitude of men or at the length of years. And so that you may learn that he says these things about the two tribes, he added that "the tenth-part is upon it," calling "tenth-part" that which is above the ten, the excess of the ten, which the two tribes were. Paul also uses this expression, saying, "above five hundred brothers," that is, more than five hundred. And again, "it shall be for a spoil as a terebinth." That is, the two tribes. "And as an acorn, when it falls from its husk." For just as that fruit is unpleasant when it falls from its husk, so also these shall be ridiculous and reproachful, when they fall from the city and are stripped of that glory, all of them. "A holy seed is its stump." Surely, he says, the evils shall not be incurable, nor endless, but its seed shall be holy, and "stump," that is, firm, fixed, immovable, awaiting the change of things. For they shall fall from prosperity, but they themselves shall not undergo utter destruction, but shall remain and stand, until they receive again their former citizenship and return to their former sanctity.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:134 · narrative
Source · Greek

τ ΚΕΦΑΛ. Ζʹ Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἄχαζ τοῦ Ἰωαθὰν τοῦ Ὀζίου βασιλέως Ἰούδα. Ὅπερ πολλάκις εἶπον, τοῦτο καὶνῦν ἐρῶ, ὅτι τὸ παλαιὸν αἱ προφητεῖαι οὐ διὰ τοῦτο ἐγίνοντο, ἵνα ἁπλῶς οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὰ μέλλοντα μάθωσιν, ἀλλ' ἵνα μαθόντες, ἐντεῦθεν κερδάνωσι καὶ τῷ φόβῳ τῆς ἀπειλῆς γένωνται σωφρονέστεροι καὶ τῇ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ὑποσχέσει προθυμότεροι περὶ τὴν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐργασίαν, ἑκατέρωθεν μανθάνοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ τήν τε δύναμιν καὶ τὴν περὶ αὐτοὺς κηδεμονίαν. Καὶ γὰρ ταύτης ἕνεκεν τῆς αἰτίας προελέγετο τὰ λεγόμενα, καὶ ἵνα μὴ νομίσωσιν ἁπλῶς καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἐπιέναι, κατά τινα ἀκολουθίαν φύσεως ἢ πραγμάτων φοράν, ἀλλὰ εἰδῶσιν, ὅτι ἄνωθεν καὶ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ ψήφου ταῦτα ἑκάτερα γίγνεται· ὅπερ αὐτοὺς τὰ μέγιστα εἰς θεογνωσίαν ὠφέλει. Ἀλλ' ἐπειδή, καθάπερ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἔφθην εἰπών, ἡ προφητεία οὐκ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ τὴν ἀπόδειξιν εἶχεν, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ῥήματα τότε ἐλέγετο, τὰ δὲ πράγματα μακροῖς ὕστερον ἔμελλον ἐκβήσεσθαι χρόνοις, ἐνίων τῶν ἀκουόντων πολλάκις καὶ προαπερχομένων καὶ οὐ δυναμένων δικάσαι τῇ τῶν λεγομένων ἀκολουθίᾳ, ὅρα τί ποιεῖ καὶ πραγματεύεται ὁ Θεός. Προφητείαν προφητείαις συνάπτει μακροτέραις ἐγγυτέραν, τὴν ἐπὶ τῆς γενεᾶς αὐτῶν γενομένην τῶν μακρὸν ὕστερον ἐσομένων μεγίστην ἀπόδειξιν παρεχόμενος. Ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν εὐαγγελίων καὶ ἑτέρως μεθοδεύει τουτὶ τῆς ὠφελείας τὸ εἶδος, θαύματα προφητείαις συνάπτων καὶ θάτερον θατέρῳ κατασκευάζων. Οἷον τι λέγω·

English

CHAPTER 7. And it came to pass in the days of Ahaz, son of Jotham, son of Uzziah, king of Judah. What I have often said, this I will say now also: that in ancient times the prophecies did not come about for this reason alone, that the Jews might simply learn what was to come, but that having learned, they might profit from it, and by the fear of the threat become more self-controlled, and by the promise of good things more eager for the working of virtue, learning from both sides the power of God and His care for them. For it was for this reason that the things spoken were foretold, and so that they might not think that what happened came upon them simply and at random, by some sequence of nature or the drift of circumstances, but that they might know that both of these come from above and from the decree of God—which was of the greatest benefit to them for the knowledge of God. But since, as I said before, the prophecy did not have its proof in that very time, but the words were spoken then, while the events were to come to pass in long ages afterward, and some of those who heard often departed beforehand and were unable to judge by the sequence of what was said—see what God does and contrives. He joins prophecy to prophecies, a nearer one to longer ones, providing as the greatest proof the prophecy that came about in their own generation of the things that would happen long afterward. But in the case of the Gospels He manages this kind of benefit in another way also, joining wonders to prophecies and establishing the one by the other. For example, what I mean is this:

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:135 · narrative
Source · Greek

προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ ὁ λεπρός ποτε καὶ ἐκαθάρθη καὶ μετ' ἐκεῖνον πάλιν ὁ τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου παῖς ἀπηλλάγη τῆς χαλεπῆς ἀρρωστίας ἐκείνης καὶ σημεῖα ταῦτα μεγάλα ἦν· ἀλλ' ὅμως οὐκ ἔστη μέχρι τῶν σημείων, ἀλλὰ καὶ προφητείαν προστέθεικεν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος τὴν θαυμαστὴν ἐκείνην καὶ μεγάλην ἐπεδείξατο πίστιν, δι' ἧς τὸν παῖδα ἀπήλλαξε τῆς ἀρρωστίας, ἐπήγαγεν ὁ Χριστὸς λέγων· Πολλοὶ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν ἥξουσι καὶ ἀνακλιθήσονται μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ, οἱ δὲ υἱοὶτῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται ἔξω. Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγε, καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν κλῆσιν καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀποβολὴν προαναφωνῶν· ὃ δὴ νῦν ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων ἐξέβη καὶ τοῦ ἡλίου φανερώτερον ἅπασι δείκνυται· ἀλλὰ τότε τέως ἄδηλον ἦν καὶ τοῖς ἀπίστοις οὐκ εὐπαράδεκτον. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο σημεῖον προέλαβε τὸ τότε ἐκβάν, τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα συμβησομένῳ πολλὴν προαποτιθέμενος τὴν πίστιν· ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ προφητεία, ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων φαινομένη νῦν, τῷ σημείῳ

English

The leper once came to him and was cleansed, and after him again the centurion's servant was released from that grievous illness, and these were great signs; but nevertheless he did not stop at the signs, but also added a prophecy. For since the centurion had displayed that wonderful and great faith, through which he released the servant from his illness, Christ added, saying: Many will come from the east and the west and will recline with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, but the sons of the kingdom will be cast out. And he said these things, foretelling both the calling of the Gentiles and the rejection of the Jews; which indeed has now come to pass in deeds and is shown to all more clearly than the sun; but at that time it was for a while unclear and not easily acceptable to the unbelieving. For this reason the sign that came to pass then went before, storing up great faith beforehand for what would happen afterward; just as indeed this prophecy itself, now appearing in deeds, by the sign

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:136 · narrative
Source · Greek

τῷ τότε γενομένῳ πολλὴν παρέχει τὴν βεβαίωσιν. Τί γὰρ ἂν εἴποι ὁ ἄπιστος; ὅτι οὐκ ἐκαθάρθη ὁ λεπρός; Βλεπέτω τῆς προφητείας τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ἀπὸ ταύτης καὶ τῷ σημείῳ πιστευέτω. Τί δὲ ἂν εἴποιεν οἱ τότε Ἰουδαῖοι; ὅτι ἃ προλέγει οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθῆ; Ὁράτωσαν τὸν λεπρὸν καθαιρόμενον καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπ' ἐκείνου γενομένων καὶ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων μὴ ἀπιστείτωσαν, μέγιστον λαμβάνοντες ἐνέχυρον ἐκεῖνοι μὲν τῆς προφητείας τὸ σημεῖον, οἱ δὲ νῦν τοῦ σημείου τὴν προφητείαν. Εἶδες πῶς θάτερον διὰ θατέρου κατασκευάζεται; Τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς Παλαιᾶς γινόμενον ἴδοι τις ἄν. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ καὶ ὁ Ἱεροβοὰμ τὴν χαλεπὴν ἐκείνην ἐμάνη μανίαν καὶ δαμάλεις ἔστησε χρυσᾶς, ἐλθὼν ὁ προφήτης τά τε μέλλοντα προανεφώνησεν καὶ σημεῖον εὐθέως ἔδωκεν. Ἵνα γὰρ μηδεὶς ἀπιστῇ τοῖς μετὰ τριακόσια συμβησομένοις ἔτη, τὸν βωμὸν ἔρρηξε καὶ τὴν πιότητα ἐξέχεε καὶ τὴν χεῖρα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐξήρανεν, ἀπὸ τῶν πρὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν γινομένων τῶν μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον συμβησομένων σαφῆ παρεχόμενος τὴν ἀπόδειξιν. Καὶ πολλὰ τοιαῦτα ἴδοι τις ἂν καὶ ἐν τῇ Καινῇ καὶ ἐν τῇ Παλαιᾷ γινόμενα, τοῦ Θεοῦ διαφόρως τὴν ἡμετέραν οἰκονομοῦντος σωτηρίαν. Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα γέγονε καὶ μετὰ πλείονος τῆς περιουσίας· οὐ γὰρ δὴ σημεῖον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ προφητείαν ὁμοῦ καὶ σημεῖον συνέπλεξεν. Ἀλλ' ὥστε σαφέστερα γενέσθαι τὰ λεγόμενα, αὐτὴν μετὰ ἀκριβείας τὴν ἱστορίαν ἐπέλθωμεν.

English

He provides great confirmation by what then took place. For what would the unbeliever say? That the leper was not cleansed? Let him look at the truth of the prophecy, and from this let him believe the sign as well. But what would the Jews of that time say? That the things he foretells are not true? Let them see the leper being cleansed, and from the things that happened in his case let them not disbelieve concerning things to come, receiving the greatest pledge—those men, the sign of the prophecy; but people now, the prophecy of the sign. Do you see how each is established through the other? One might see this happening also in the Old Testament. For since Jeroboam also raged with that grievous madness and set up golden calves, the prophet came and both foretold things to come and immediately gave a sign. For so that no one might disbelieve the things that would happen after three hundred years, he shattered the altar and poured out its fatness and withered the king's hand, providing clear proof from things happening before the eyes of things that would come to pass after a long time. And one might see many such things happening both in the New and in the Old, God in various ways ordering our salvation. This indeed has happened here also, and with greater abundance; for he wove together not only a sign but prophecy and sign at once. But so that what is said may become clearer, let us go through the account itself with precision.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:137 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἄχαζ τοῦ Ἰωαθὰν τοῦὈζίου βασιλέως Ἰούδα, ἀνέβη Ῥασὴν βασιλεὺς Ἀρὰμ και Φακὲς υἱὸς Ῥωμελίου βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ ἐπὶ Ἱερουσαλὴπολεμῆσαι αὐτὴν καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν πολιορκῆσαι αὐτήν. Καὶ ἀνηγγέλη εἰς τὸν οἶκον Δαυῒδ, λεγόντων· συνεφώνησεν Ἀρὰμ πρὸς τὸν Ἐφραΐμ. Ἔστι μὲν ἱστορία τὰεἰρημένα καὶ πραγμάτων διήγησις· ἀλλ' ὁ νοῦν ἔχων καὶ ὀξὺ βλέπων, πολὺ καὶ ἐντεῦθεν καρπώσεται τὸ κέρδος, τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν πολλὴν σοφίαν καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἰουδαίων κηδεμονίαν καταμανθάνων. Οὔτε γὰρ ἐκ προοιμίων τὸν πόλεμον ἀνεχαίτισεν, οὔτε ἐπελθόντα κρατῆσαι τῆς πόλεως συνεχώρησεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀπειλὴν ἀφεὶς γενέσθαι τὴν διὰ τῶν ῥημάτων, τὴν πεῖραν ἐκώλυσεν, ὁμοῦ μὲν ἐκείνους ἀφυπνίζων καὶ τῆς ῥᾳθυμίας ἀπαλλάττων, ὁμοῦ δὲ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν ἐνδεικνύμενος, ὅτι δυνατὸν αὐτῷ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸ τῶν δεινῶν τὸ τέλος ἐλθόντων, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ἀρχὴν εἰληφότων, οὕτω τοὺς ἐμπίπτοντας ἀκεραίους διατηρῆσαι. Ὃ πολλαχοῦ ποιοῦντα αὐτὸν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν· οἷον ἐπὶ τῆς καμίνου τῆς Βαβυλωνίας καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λάκκου τῶν λεόντων καὶ ἐφ' ἑτέρων μυρίων πραγμάτων. Καὶ γὰρ ἦλθον οὗτοι καὶ ἐπολιόρκησαν, καὶ τῶν τειχῶν ἁψάμενοι καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν τῶν ἔνδον οἰκούντων κατασείσαντες, οὐδὲν ἴσχυσαν περαιτέρω.

English

And it came to pass in the days of Ahaz son of Jotham son of Uzziah, king of Judah, that Rezin king of Aram and Pekah son of Remaliah king of Israel came up against Jerusalem to fight against it, and they could not besiege it. And it was reported to the house of David, saying, Aram has made an agreement with Ephraim. What has been said is indeed history and a narrative of events; but the one who has understanding and sees keenly will reap much profit from this as well, perceiving the great wisdom of God and his care for the Jews. For he neither checked the war from its beginnings, nor did he allow it, once it had come, to prevail over the city, but he let the threat come about through words, while he prevented the actual attempt—at once awakening them and rousing them from their negligence, and at the same time displaying his own power, that it was possible for him, even when dangers had come to their very end, to keep those who fell into them unharmed, just as if they had not even begun. One can see him doing this in many places: for instance, in the Babylonian furnace, and in the lions' den, and in countless other matters. For these men came and laid siege, and touching the walls and shaking the resolve of those dwelling within, they prevailed no further.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:138 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἔστι δὲ κἀντεῦθεν ἰδεῖν τῶν δέκα φυλῶν τὴν παρανομίαν, ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἐμφύλιον ἀνείλοντο πόλεμον, οὐδ' ὅτι πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἐστασίασαν, ἀλλ' ὅτι καὶ ἀλλοφύλοις καὶ ἀλλογενέσιν ἑαυτοὺς συνῆψαν καὶ οἱ μηδὲ ἁπλῶς κοινωνεῖν αὐτοῖς ἐπιτραπέντες καὶ συμμάχους ἐκάλουν, καὶ συνεφράττοντο καὶ κατὰ τῆς πόλεως ἵσταντο. Τὸν γὰρ Ῥασὴν ἀλλόφυλον ὄντα κατὰ τῆς μητροπόλεως ἤγειρον. Καὶ ἦν τὰ τῆς μάχης ἀνώμαλα. Παρὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐκείνοις πλῆθος ἄπειρον καὶ πόλεις καὶ ἔθνη καὶ δῆμοι· ἐνταῦθα δὲ τούτων οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ πόλις μία ἡ μητρόπολις, ὥστε ἐκ περιουσίας φανῆναι τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ἰσχύν. Οὐδενὸς γὰρ ὅπλα κινοῦντος, οὐδὲ ἐξιόντος καὶ παραταττομένου, ἐξέπιπτον ἐκεῖνοι τῶν πονηρῶν τούτων ἐγχειρημάτων. Οὐ γὰρ ἠδυνήθησαν, φησί, πολιορκῆσαι αὐτήν. Καίτοι τί τὸ κωλῦον ἦν; Οὐδὲν ἕτερον, ἀλλ' ἢ τοῦ Θεοῦ χεὶρ ἀοράτως αὐτοὺς ἀποκρουομένη. Πλὴν ἀλλ', ὅπερ εἶπον, τὸν μὲν πόλεμον ἀπεκρούσατο, τὸν δὲ φόβον οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνεῖλεν. Ἀνηγγέλη γάρ, φησίν, εἰς τὸν οἶκον Δαυΐδ, ὅτι συνεφώνησεν Ἀρὰμ πρὸς τὸν Ἐφραΐμ. Καὶ ἐξέστη ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ. Ὅταν μέλλῃ τι παράδοξον ὁ Θεὸς ποιεῖν, οὐκ εὐθέως ἐπάγει τὸ θαῦμα, ἀλλὰ πρότερον τοὺς μέλλοντας ἀπολαύειν ἐν αἰσθήσει τῶν δεινῶν ἀφίησι γενέσθαι, ἵνα μετὰ τὴν ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν δεινῶν μηδεμίαν ἀγνωμοσύνην

English

From this too one can see the lawlessness of the ten tribes, that they not only took up civil war, nor only that they rebelled against their brothers, but that they also joined themselves to foreigners and those of alien race, and those who were not even permitted simply to associate with them called them allies and conspired with them and stood against the city. For they roused Rezin, who was a foreigner, against the mother-city. And the fortunes of the battle were uneven. For on their side were a countless multitude and cities and nations and peoples; but here none of these, but one city, the mother-city, so that God's strength might be shown to be abundant. For when no one stirred weapons, nor went out and drew up for battle, those men fell away from these wicked undertakings. For they could not, it says, besiege it. And yet what was hindering? Nothing other than the hand of God invisibly driving them back. Nevertheless, as I said, He drove off the war, but He did not immediately remove the fear. For it was announced, it says, to the house of David, that Aram had made an agreement with Ephraim. And his soul was astonished, and the soul of his people. Whenever God is about to do something extraordinary, He does not immediately bring on the wonder, but first He allows those who are about to benefit to come into awareness of the dangers, so that after the removal of the dangers there may be no ingratitude

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:139 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἐπιδείξωνται. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὰ μὲν ὑπὸ τύφου, τὰ δὲ ὑπὸ ῥᾳθυμίας ἐπιλανθάνονται τῶν δεινῶν μετὰ τὴν ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν δεινῶν ἢ μὴ ἐπιλανθανόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς λογίζεσθαι βούλονται τὰ κατορθώματα, πρότερον ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν λυπηρῶν κατασείεσθαι, τότε τὴν ἐλευθερίαν δίδωσι τῶν ἐνοχλούντων· ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα πεποίηκεν. Ἀφῆκεν αὐτῶν τὰς καρδίας ἐκστῆναι, ἀφῆκεν εἰς ἀγωνίαν γενέσθαι πολλὴν καὶ τότε τὴν λύσιν ἐπήγαγε. Τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ μεγάλου πεποίηκε Δαυΐδ. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἔμελλεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν παράταξιν ἐξαγαγεῖν καὶ τὸ λαμπρὸν ἐκεῖνο τρόπαιον ἐγείρειν διὰ τῶν ἐκείνου χειρῶν, οὐκ ἐκ προοιμίων τοῦ πολέμου τοῦτο ἐποίησεν, ἀλλ' ἀφεὶς τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας αὐτοὺς κατεργασθῆναι τῷ φόβῳ, ὅτε τὴν οἰκείαν ἀπέγνωσαν σωτηρίαν καὶ μυρία ὀνειδίζοντος τοῦ βαρβάρου, οὐδὲ οὕτω τις ἐτόλμησε διεγερθῆναι καὶ δέξασθαι τὸν ἀντίπαλον, τότε δή, τότε τῆς ἥττης αὐτῶν ὁμολογηθείσης, καὶ τῆς ἀσθενείας φανερᾶς γενομένης, ἤγαγε τὸ μειράκιον ἐπὶ τὸν πόλεμον καὶ τὴν παράδοξον ἐκείνην νίκην εἰργάσατο. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ τὴν τοσαύτην τῆς ἀσθενείας αὐτῶν ἀπόδειξιν ὁ σωθεὶς βασιλεύς, ὑπὸ φθόνου καὶ βασκανίας τηκόμενος, ἐπεβούλευε τῷ Δαυΐδ, τοῦ πάθους γενόμενος ὅλος, καὶ ἀγνώμων περὶ τὸν εὐεργέτην ἐφάνη, εἰ μὴ τοσοῦτον ἔδωκεν ἔλεγχον καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ στρατοπέδου παντὸς ἀνανδρείας, τί οὐκ ἂν ἐποίησε; Τοῦτο αὐτὸ καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ πολλαχοῦ τὸν Θεὸν ποιοῦντα ἴδοι τις ἄν· ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα γίνεται.

English

they might be displayed. For since most people, partly out of arrogance and partly out of negligence, forget their troubles after their deliverance from troubles, or, if they do not forget them, wish to credit the successes to themselves, he first lets them be shaken by distresses, and then gives them freedom from the things that trouble them; which indeed he has done here also. He let their hearts be thrown into confusion, he let them come into great agony, and then he brought on the release. This he also did in the case of the great David. For since he was about to lead him out into the battle line and to raise up that glorious trophy through his hands, he did not do this from the beginning of the war, but after letting them be worn down by fear for forty days, when they had despaired of their own safety and the barbarian was reproaching them countless times, and not even so did anyone dare to rouse himself and accept the opponent, then, yes then, when their defeat was acknowledged and their weakness had become evident, he brought the young man into the battle and wrought that astonishing victory. For if, even after these things and after so great a demonstration of their weakness, the king who was saved, consumed by envy and malice, plotted against David, having become wholly possessed by the passion, and showed himself ungrateful toward his benefactor, what would he not have done if he had not given so great a proof of his own cowardice and that of the whole army? This same thing one may see God doing in many other places as well; which indeed is happening here too.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:140 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ μέλλει λύειν τὸν πόλεμον καὶ ἀπαλλάττειν αὐτοὺς τῶν λυπηρῶν, ἀφίησι πρότερον τῶν δεινῶν αἰσθέσθαι. Ἐξέστη γάρ, φησίν, ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὃν τρόπον ἐν δρυμῷ ξύλον ὑπὸ πνεύματος σαλευθῇ. Καὶ τοῦτο προφητείας ἴδιον, τὸ τὰ ἀπόρρητα αὐτῶν εἰς μέσον ἐξαγαγεῖν. Τὸ γὰρ πάθος ἡμῖν ἑρμηνεύει τῆς ἑκάστου διανοίας καὶ σαφηνείας ἕνεκεν καὶ εἰκόνα προστίθησιν καὶ ὥστε δεῖξαι τὴν ἐπίτασιν τῆς ἀγωνίας. Διεσείσθη γὰρ αὐτῶν, φησίν, ἡ ψυχή, κατεβλήθη τὸ φρόνημα, ἀπέγνωσαν τῆς σωτηρίας, ἐν ἐσχάτοις ἐνόμιζον εἶναι, οὐδὲν χρηστὸν προσεδόκων, ἕκαστος ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκείων λογισμῶν προδεδομένος ἦν. Τί οὖν ὁ Θεός; Προλέγει τὴν ἀπαλλαγὴν καὶ τότε αὐτὴν ἐργάζεται, ἵνα μὴ ἄλλῳ τινὶ λογίσωνται πάλιν τὴν τῆς πόλεως ἐλευθερίαν, καὶ πέμπει τὸν προφήτην προαναφωνοῦντα τὰ μέλλοντα. Εἶπε γάρ, φησί, Κύριος πρὸς Ἡσαΐαν· Ἔξελθε εἰς συνάντησιν τοῦ Ἄχαζ, σὺ καὶ ὁ καταλειφθεὶς Ἰασοὺβ ὁ υἱός σου, πρὸς τῇ κολυμβήθρᾳ τῆς ἀνόδου τοῦ ἀγροῦ τοῦ κναφέως. Καὶ ἐρεῖς αὐτῷ· φύλαξαι τοῦ ἡσυχάσαι καὶ μὴ φοβοῦ, μηδὲ ἡ ψυχή σου ἀσθενείτω· μηδὲ φοβηθῇς ἀπὸ τῶν δύο ξύλων τῶν δαλῶν τῶν καπνιζομένων τούτων. Ὅταν γὰρ ὀργὴ τοῦ θυμοῦ μου γένηται, πάλιν ἰάσομαι. Τί ἐστιν, Ἔξελθε εἰς συνάντησιν; Ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου καὶ τῆς ἀγωνίας οὐχ ἡσύχαζεν ὁ βασιλεύς, οὐδὲ οἴκοι μένειν ἠνείχετο, ἀλλ' ὅπερ ἔθος τοῖς πολιορκουμένοις ὑπομένειν, συνεχῶς ἐξῄει, τὰ τείχη περισκοπῶν, πρὸς ταῖς πύλαις γινόμενος, περιεργαζόμενος καὶ πολυπραγμονῶν, πῶς τὰ τῶν πολεμίων διάκειται πράγματα. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν· Ἔξελθε εἰς συνάντησιν. Τί δέ ἐστι·

English

For since he is about to end the war and release them from their distresses, he first allows them to feel their terrors. For he says, his soul was beside itself, and the soul of his people, in the manner in which a piece of wood in a thicket is shaken by the wind. And this is also proper to prophecy, to bring their secret thoughts out into the open. For it interprets to us the passion of each one's mind, both for the sake of clarity and to add an image, and so as to show the intensity of their agony. For he says, their soul was shaken, their resolve was cast down, they despaired of salvation, they thought they were in the last extremities, they expected nothing good, each one had been betrayed by his own reasonings. What then does God do? He foretells the deliverance and then brings it about, so that they might not again ascribe the city's freedom to some other, and he sends the prophet proclaiming beforehand the things that are to come. For he says, the Lord said to Isaiah: Go out to meet Ahaz, you and Jashub your son who is left, at the pool of the ascent of the fuller's field. And you shall say to him: Be careful to keep quiet and do not fear, nor let your soul be weak; nor be afraid of these two pieces of wood, these smoking firebrands. For when the anger of my wrath comes, I will heal again. What is "Go out to meet"? From fear and agony the king was not keeping quiet, nor could he endure to stay at home, but, as is the custom for those under siege to endure, he kept going out, inspecting the walls, coming to the gates, examining and busying himself with how the enemy's affairs stood. Therefore he says: Go out to meet. And what is it that

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:141 · narrative
Source · Greek

Σὺ καὶ ὁ καταλειφθεὶς Ἰασοὺβ ὁ υἱός σου; Ἰασοὺβ τῇ Ἑβραίων γλώττῃ ἡ ἀναστροφὴ λέγεται καὶ ἡ διαγωγή. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ἰεσσαὶ πέμπων τὸν Δαυῒδ ἔλεγε· Καὶ τὸ Ἰασοὺβ αὐτῶν λήψῃ· τουτέστι, τὴν ἀναστροφὴν αὐτῶν ἀπαγγελεῖς μοι καὶ τί διάγουσι πράττοντες.

Καὶ ἐνταῦθα τοίνυν, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, ὁ προφήτης κελεύεται πλῆθος μεθ' ἑαυτοῦ λαβεῖν, ἵν' ὅταν ἐκβῇ τὰ γεγενημένα, μὴ ἔχῃ ἀγνωμονεῖν ὁ βασιλεύς, ὡς οὐδὲν τούτων ἀκηκοὼς παρὰ τοῦ προφήτου. Ὃ οὖν φησι, τοῦτό ἐστιν· ἔξελθε εἰς συνάντησιν, σὺ καὶ οἱ ἀναστρεφόμενοι μετὰ σοῦ, οἱ καταλειφθέντες τοῦ λαοῦ. Μὴ θαυμάσῃς δὲ εἰ υἱὸν αὐτοῦ καλεῖ τὸν λαόν· καὶ γὰρ προϊών φησιν· Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ καὶ τὰ παιδία, ἅ μοι ἔδωκεν ὁ Θεός. Καὶ γὰρ πατέρων τάξιν ἐπεῖχον οἱ ἅγιοι, τῇ ἀγάπῃ καὶ τῇ κηδεμονίᾳ τῇ περὶ τὸν δῆμον ἐκεῖνον πάντας τοὺς τῆς φύσεως ἀποκρύπτοντες

πατέρας. Καταλειφθέντας δέ φησι, διὰ τὸ πολλοὺς ἀπενηνέχθαι ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων. Ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ ἀγροῦ τοῦ κναφέως. Πολλῆς μοι καὶ τοῦτο ἀπορίας εἶναι δοκεῖ, εἴ γε οἱ συγκεκλεισμένοι καὶ πολιορκούμενοι καὶ μηδὲ προκῦψαι τολμῶντες, ἔξω πυλῶν ἐφαίνοντο. Καὶ γὰρ ἔξω τειχῶν ἡ ὁδὸς αὕτη φαίνεται νῦν οὖσα. Τίς οὖν ἡ λύσις τῆς ἀπορίας ταύτης; Ὅτι τὸ παλαιὸν ἕτερον περιεβέβλητο τεῖχος· καὶ γὰρ διπλᾶ τῇ πόλει τὰ τείχη ἦν· καὶ τοῦτο ῥᾴδιον ἐξ ἑτέρου προφήτου κατιδεῖν ἐστι τοῖς βουλομένοις προσέχειν. Ἐξελθὼν τοίνυν ἀνίστησιν αὐτῶν τὰ φρονήματα καταπεπτωκότα καὶ κελεύει θαρσεῖν ὑπὲρ τῶν μελλόντων. Ἡσύχασον γάρ, φησί, καὶ μὴ φοβοῦ·

English

Are you and Jashub your son who is left? Jashub in the Hebrew tongue means conduct and manner of life. For this reason Jesse too, when sending David, said: And you shall take their Jashub; that is, you shall report to me their conduct and what they are doing.

And here, then, it seems to me, the prophet is commanded to take a multitude with himself, so that when the events come to pass, the king may have no excuse for ignorance, as though he had heard none of these things from the prophet. What he says, therefore, is this: go out to meet them, you and those who conduct themselves with you, those of the people who are left. And do not marvel if he calls the people his son; for going on he says: Behold, I and the children whom God has given me. For the saints also held the rank of fathers, by their love and their care for that people hiding all the fathers of nature. And he calls them left, because many had been carried off by the enemies. In the way of the fuller's field. This too seems to me to be a great difficulty, if indeed those who were shut in and besieged and not daring even to peek out were appearing outside the gates. For this way now appears to be outside the walls. What then is the solution to this difficulty? That in ancient times another wall had been thrown around; for the city's walls were double; and this is easy to observe from another prophet for those who wish to pay attention. Going out, therefore, he raises up their thoughts, which had fallen, and commands them to take courage concerning the things to come. For be quiet, he says, and do not fear;

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:142 · narrative
Source · Greek

καὶ δαλοὺς ξύλων καλεῖ τοὺς βασιλέας, ὁμοῦ μὲν αὐτῶν τὸ σφοδρόν, ὁμοῦ δὲ τὸ εὐχείρωτον ἐνδεικνύμενος. Καὶ γὰρ τὸ Καπνιζομένων, διὰ τοῦτο προστέθεικε, τουτέστιν, ἐγγὺς ὄντων τοῦ σβεσθῆναι λοιπόν. Εἶτα δηλῶν, ὡς οὐ τῆς ἐκείνων δυνάμεως, ἀλλὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ συγχωρήσεως ἡ ἔφοδος ἦν, φησίν· Ὅταν γὰρ ὀργὴ τοῦ θυμοῦ μου γένηται, πάλιν ἰάσομαι. Καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀρὰμ καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Ῥωμελίου, ὅτι ἐβουλεύσαντο βουλὴν πονηράν, Ἐφραῒμ καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Ῥωμελίου κατὰ σοῦ λέγοντες· Ἀναβησόμεθα εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ κακώσομεν αὐτὴν καὶ συλλαλήσαντες ἀποστρέψομεν αὐτοὺς πρὸς ἡμᾶς καὶ βασιλεύσομεν αὐτῆς τὸν υἱὸν Ταβεήλ. Τάδε λέγει Κύριος Σαβαώθ· Οὐ μὴ μείνῃ ἡ βουλὴ αὕτη, οὐδὲ ἔσται· ἀλλ' ἡ κεφαλὴ Ἀρὰμ Δαμασκὸς καὶ ἡ κεφαλὴ Δαμασκοῦ Ῥασίν. Καὶ ἔτι ἑξήκοντα καὶ πέντε ἔτη καὶ ἐκλείψει ἡ βασιλεία Ἐφραῒμ ἀπὸ λαοῦ. Καὶ ἡ κεφαλὴ Ἐφραῒμ Σομόρων καὶ ἡ κεφαλὴ Σομόρων ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Ῥωμελίου. Καὶ ἐὰν μὴ πιστεύσητε, οὐδὲ μὴ συνῆτε. Πάλιν ὁ προφήτης μεγίστην ἀπόδειξιν παρέχεται τῆς προφητείας. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὁ φόβος κατέσεισε καὶ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἦν τὰ δεινά, τὰ δὲ χρηστὰ ἐν ἐλπίσι καὶ προσδοκίαν ὑπερβαίνοντα πᾶσαν καὶ οἱ ἀκροώμενοι οὐ σφόδρα πιστοί, ὅρα τί ποιεῖ. Δίδωσι σημεῖον μέγιστον τῶν ἐκβησομένων, τὰ βουλεύματα τῶν πολεμίων εἰς μέσον ἐκφέρων.

English

And he calls the kings "firebrands of wood," at once showing both their vehemence and their ease of being subdued. For indeed he has added "of smoking" for this reason, that is, that they are now near to being extinguished. Then, making clear that the attack was not of their power but of his own permission, he says: For when the wrath of my fury comes, I will heal again. And the son of Aram and the son of Romelios, because they devised an evil counsel, Ephraim and the son of Romelios, saying against you: We will go up into Judea and afflict it, and having taken counsel together we will turn them back to ourselves and we will make the son of Tabeel king over it. Thus says the Lord Sabaoth: This counsel shall not remain, nor shall it be; but the head of Aram is Damascus and the head of Damascus is Rhasin. And yet sixty and five years and the kingdom of Ephraim shall fail from the people. And the head of Ephraim is Samaria and the head of Samaria is the son of Romelios. And if you do not believe, neither shall you understand. Again the prophet provides the greatest proof of prophecy. For since fear shook them and the terrors were before their eyes, while the good things were in hopes and surpassing all expectation, and those who heard were not very faithful, see what he does. He gives the greatest sign of what is to come, bringing the counsels of the enemies into the open.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:143 · narrative
Source · Greek

Λέγει γὰρ αὐτῶν τὴν γνώμην, μεθ' ἧς ἐπεστράτευσαν τῇ πόλει καὶ τί πρὸς ἀλλήλους διελέχθησαν καὶ τί συνθέντες ἐπανῆλθον καὶ δείκνυσιν ἢ προδοσίαν τὸ πρᾶγμα ὂν (Συλλαλήσαντες γάρ, φησίν, αὐτοῖς, ἀποστρέψομεν αὐτοὺς πρὸς ἡμᾶς) ἢ πολλῇ τῇ ἀπονοίᾳ μεθύοντας καὶ νομίζοντας μηδὲ ὅπλων αὐτοῖς δεῖν, μηδὲ παρατάξεως καὶ συμβολῆς εἰς τὸ τὴν πόλιν λαβεῖν. Ἀρκεῖ γὰρ ἡμῖν φανῆναι, φησί, μόνον καὶ διαλεχθῆναι, καὶ πάντας αἰχμαλώτους λαβόντας ἀπελθεῖν. Εἶτα, ὅπερ πάσχουσιν οἱ ἀλαζόνες, ὑπὸ τῆς ἐλπίδος ταύτης φυσηθέντες καὶ περὶ βασιλέως βουλεύονται, ὡς ἤδη τῆς πόλεως ἁλούσης, καὶ τίνα ἐπιστῆσαι δεῖ τῇ μητροπόλει. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐκείνων τοιαῦτα, φησί· τὰ δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ πάντων ἐκείνων ἀναιρετικά. Διὸ καὶ ἐπήγαγε· Τάδε λέγει Κύριος· καὶ οὐκ ἔστη, ἀλλὰ προσέθηκε, Σαβαώθ. Ὅταν γάρ τι μέγα ἀπαγγέλλειν μέλλῃ, τῆς δυνάμεως ἀναμιμνῄσκει τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τῆς βασιλείας τῆς ἄνω καὶ τῆς θαυμαστῆς ἐκείνης ἀρχῆς καὶ παραδόξου. Τί οὖν φησιν ὁ Θεός; Οὐ μὴ μείνῃ ἡ βουλὴ αὕτη, οὐδὲ ἔσται· ἀλλ' ἡ κεφαλὴ Ἀρὰμ Δαμασκός. Ἡ ἀρχὴ αὐτοῦ, φησίν, ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτοῦ ἐν Δαμασκῷ στήσεται καὶ περαιτέρω οὐ προβήσεται. Καὶ ἡ κεφαλὴ Δαμασκοῦ Ῥασήν. Καὶ ὁ ἄρχων Δαμασκοῦ, φησί, καὶ ὁ κρατῶν Ῥασὴν ἔσται· τουτέστιν, ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῦ μενεῖ καὶ πλείονα οὐ προσθήσει δύναμιν αὐτῷ. Καὶ ἔτι ἑξήκοντα καὶ πέντε ἔτη καὶ ἐκλείψει ἡ βασιλεία Ἐφραῒμ ἀπὸ λαοῦ. Μεγίστη δὲ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀπόδειξις, ὅταν καὶ τοὺς καιροὺς προλέγωσιν οἱ προφῆται, παρέχοντες τοῖς βουλομένοις ἐξετάζειν μετὰ ἀκριβείας τῆς προφητείας τὴν δύναμιν.

English

For he speaks their mind, with which they campaigned against the city, and what they said to one another, and what they agreed upon and returned, and he shows that the matter is either treason (For having conferred together, he says, we will turn them back to ourselves) or that they were drunk with great folly and thought that they did not even need weapons, nor battle array and engagement, in order to take the city. For it is enough for us, he says, merely to appear and speak, and to take all as captives and depart. Then, as is the case with the arrogant, puffed up by this hope, they also deliberate about a king, as though the city had already been captured, and whom one ought to set over the metropolis. And their affairs are such, he says; but God's affairs are destructive of all those. Therefore he also added: Thus says the Lord; and he did not stop, but added, Sabaoth. For when he is about to announce something great, he reminds them of the power of God and of the kingdom above and of that wonderful and extraordinary rule. What then does God say? This counsel shall not remain, nor shall it be; but the head of Aram is Damascus. His beginning, he says, his authority shall stand in Damascus and shall not proceed further. And the head of Damascus is Rezin. And the ruler of Damascus, he says, and he who holds Rezin shall be; that is, he shall remain in his own domain and shall not add further power to himself. And yet sixty-five years and the kingdom of Ephraim shall fail from the people. And it is the greatest proof of truth, when the prophets also foretell the times, providing to those who wish it the power of the prophecy to examine with precision.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:144 · narrative
Source · Greek

Νῦν μὲν γάρ, φησίν, ἀποστήσονται τῆς πόλεως· μετὰ δὲ πέντε καὶ ἑξήκοντα ἔτη ὁλόκληρον ἀπολεῖται τὸ ἔθνος καὶ ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ οἰχήσεται καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι λαβόντες αὐτοὺς ἀπελάσονται πάντας. Νῦν μέντοι πρὸ τῆς ἁλώσεως ἐκείνης οὐδὲν πλέον τῶν οἰκείων λήψονται. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ ἀκούσας ὁ βασιλεὺς ὅτι μετὰ ἑξήκοντα πέντε ἔτη ἀπολοῦνται, λέγῃ πρὸς ἑαυτόν, τί οὖν; ἐὰν νῦν ἡμᾶς λαβόντες, τότε ἀπολοῦνται, τί τὸ ὄφελος ἡμῖν; θάρρει, φησί, καὶ περὶ τῶν παρόντων.

Ἁλώσονται γὰρ τότε παντελῶς· νῦν μέντοι πλέον τῶν οἰκείων οὐδὲν ἕξουσιν. Ἀλλ' ἔσται ἡ κεφαλὴ Ἐφραΐμ, τουτέστι, τῶν δέκα φυλῶν, ἡ Σαμαρεία· ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῖς ἡ βασιλεία· καὶ οὐκ ἐκταθήσεται περαιτέρω· καὶ ἡ κεφαλὴ Σαμαρείας ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ· ὅπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ Δαμασκηνοῦ ἔλεγε, τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα δηλῶν, ὅτι οὐδὲν πλέον ἕξουσιν, ὧν νῦν κατέχουσιν. Εἶτα, ἐπειδὴ πράγματα εἶπεν ὑπερβαίνοντα λόγον ἀνθρώπινον καὶ ἀνώτερα τῆς τῶν λογισμῶν ἀκολουθίας καὶ προφητεία τὸ λεγόμενον ἦν, εἰκότως ἐπήγαγεν· Ἐὰν μὴ πιστεύσητε, οὐδὲ μὴ συνῆτε. Μὴ ζήτει, φησί, πῶς καὶ τίνι τρόπῳ ταῦτα ἔσται· Θεὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἐργαζόμενος καὶ πίστεώς σοι δεῖ μόνης καὶ ἐννοήσεις τοῦ ποιοῦντος τὴν δύναμιν· πᾶσαν ἔλαβες τῶν εἰρημένων τὴν ἀπόδειξιν. Διὸ καὶ ὁ προφήτης Δαυῒδ ἔλεγεν· Ἐπίστευσα, διὸ καὶ ἐλάλησα. Καὶ ὁ Παῦλος εἰκότως ἐπιλαβόμενος τῆς ῥήσεως ταύτης, ἐπὶ μείζονα αὐτὴν εἵλκυσε πράγματα λέγων· Ἔχοντες δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον· Ἐπίστευσα, διὸ καὶ ἐλάλησα καὶ ἡμεῖς πιστεύομεν, διὸ καὶ λαλοῦμεν.

English

For now, he says, they will depart from the city; but after sixty-five years the nation will be utterly destroyed, and the kingdom of Israel will be gone, and the enemies will take them all and drive them away. For now, however, before that capture, they will take nothing more than their own possessions. For lest the king, having heard that they will perish after sixty-five years, say to himself, "What then? If they take us now and they will perish then, what benefit is it to us?" — take courage, he says, also concerning the present circumstances.

For they will then be captured completely; for now, however, they will have nothing more than their own possessions. But the head of Ephraim, that is, of the ten tribes, will be Samaria; for there was their kingdom; and it will not be extended further; and the head of Samaria is the king of Israel; declaring here the same thing that he said concerning the Damascene, that they will have nothing more than what they now possess. Then, since he has spoken things that surpass human reason and are above the sequence of our thoughts, and what was said was a prophecy, he reasonably added: If you do not believe, neither will you understand. Do not seek, he says, how and in what manner these things will be; for it is God who accomplishes them, and you need only faith, and you will understand the power of the one who does it; you have received the whole proof of what has been said. Therefore also the prophet David said: I believed, therefore also I spoke. And Paul, reasonably seizing upon this saying, drew it to greater matters, saying: But having the same Spirit of faith, according to what is written: I believed, therefore also I spoke, and we believe, therefore also we speak.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:145 · narrative
Source · Greek

Εἰ γὰρ τὰ παλαιὰ πίστεως ἔχρῃζε, τοσοῦτον ἀπέχοντα τῶν ἐν τῇ Καινῇ, ὅσον ἡ γῆ τῶν οὐρανῶν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ τῶν οὕτως ὑψηλῶν δογμάτων γνῶσις καὶ οὐδὲ εἰς νοῦν ἐλθόντων τινί ποτε. Ὅπερ οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς δηλῶν ἔλεγεν· Ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσε καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη, ἃ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν. Καὶ προσέθετο Κύριος λαλῆσαι τῷ Ἄχαζ λέγων· Αἴτησαι σεαυτῷ σημεῖον παρὰ Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ σου εἰς βάθος ἢ εἰς ὕψος. Καὶ εἶπεν Ἄχαζ· Οὐ μὴ αἰτήσω, οὐδὲ μὴ πειράσω Κύριον. Καὶ εἶπεν Ἡσαΐας· Ἀκούσατε δή, οἶκος Δαυΐδ· μὴ πικρὸν ὑμῖν ἀγῶνα παρέχειν ἀνθρώποις; Καὶ πῶς Κυρίῳ παρέχετε ἀγῶνα; Διὰ τοῦτο δώσει Κύριος αὐτὸς ὑμῖν σημεῖον. Ἰδοὺ ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ λήψεται καὶ τέξεται υἱὸν καὶ καλέσουσι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ. Πολλὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ συγκατάβασις καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως ἡ ἀγνωμοσύνη. Ἔδει μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἀκούσαντα τοῦ προφήτου μηδὲν ἀμφιβάλλειν περὶ τῶν εἰρημένων· εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀμφέβαλλε, κἂν σημεῖον λαβόντα πιστεῦσαι, ὅπερ πολλοὶ τῶν παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις πεποιήκασι. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Θεός, φιλάνθρωπος ὤν, οὐδὲ τοῦτο παρῃτήσατο παρασχεῖν πολλάκις τοῖς παχυτέροις καὶ χαμαὶ συρομένοις καὶ τῇ γῇ προσηλωμένοις, οἷον ἐποίησεν ἐπὶ τοῦ Γεδεών. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πάντων καταδεέστερος ἦν καὶ παχύτατος, ὅρα ποῦ καταβαίνει πάλιν ὁ Θεός. Αὐτὸς αὐτὸν ἐφέλκεται καὶ προτρέπει πρὸς τὸ σημεῖον αἰτῆσαι· καίτοι γε οὐδὲ μικρὸν τοῦτο σημεῖον ἦν, τὸ ἐλέγξαι αὐτοῦ τὰ ἀπόρρητα καὶ εἰς μέσον ἀγαγεῖν αὐτοῦ τὴν γνώμην ἅπασαν καὶ τὴν ὑπόκρισιν διελέγξαι πᾶσαν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὁ μὲν προφήτης εἶπεν·

English

For if the ancient things needed faith, being as far removed from those in the New as earth is from the heavens, much more does the knowledge of doctrines so lofty, and which had never even entered anyone's mind at any time. This is what he himself was also declaring when he said: What eye has not seen and ear has not heard and has not ascended upon the heart of man, what God has prepared for those who love him. And the Lord added to speak to Ahaz, saying: Ask for yourself a sign from the Lord your God, either in the depth or in the height. And Ahaz said: I will not ask, nor will I test the Lord. And Isaiah said: Hear now, house of David; is it a bitter struggle for you to provide for men? And how do you provide a struggle for the Lord? Therefore the Lord himself will give you a sign. Behold, the virgin shall conceive in the womb and bear a son, and they shall call his name Emmanuel. Great is the condescension of God and the ignorance of the king. For he ought, upon hearing the prophet, to have doubted nothing of what was said; but if he did doubt, he should at least have believed upon receiving a sign, which many of the Jews did. For God, being a lover of mankind, did not refuse to grant this either, often to the coarser and those dragged along the ground and nailed to the earth, as he did in the case of Gideon. For since he was the least of all and the coarsest, see where God descends again. He draws him and urges him to ask for the sign; and yet this was not even a small sign, to expose his secret thoughts and bring his whole mind into the open and thoroughly refute all his hypocrisy. For since the prophet said:

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:146 · narrative
Source · Greek

Αἴτησαι σεαυτῷ σημεῖον, ἐκεῖνος δὲ τὸν σφόδρα πιστὸν ὑποκρινόμενος ἔλεγεν· Οὐ μὴ αἰτήσω, οὐδὲ μὴ πειράσω Κύριον, ὅρα πῶς μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σφοδρότητος ἐπάγει τὴν τομὴν ὁ προφήτης, εἰκότως μετὰ τὴν ἀπόδειξιν τῆς ὑποκρίσεως βαρυτέραν ποιούμενος τὴν κατηγορίαν. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἐκεῖνον μὲν οὐδὲ ἀποκρίσεως ἀξιοῖ, πρὸς δὲ τὸν δῆμον ἀποστρέφεται λέγων· Ἀκούσατε, οἶκος Δαυΐδ· μὴ μικρὸν ὑμῖν, ἀγῶνα παρέχειν ἀνθρώποις; Καὶ πῶς Κυρίῳ παρέχετε ἀγῶνα; Ἀσαφὲς τὸ εἰρημένον· διὸ δὴ δεῖ τὴν ῥῆσιν ἀναπτύξαι μετὰ ἀκριβείας. Ὃ γὰρ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· μὴ γὰρ ἐμά ἐστι τὰ ῥήματα; μὴ γὰρ ἐμὴ ἡ ἀπόφασις; Εἰ δὲ ἀνθρώποις ἀπιστεῖν ἁπλῶς καὶ ἄνευ λόγου βαρὺ καὶ ἐγκλημάτων ἄξιον, πολλῷ μᾶλλον Θεῷ. Τὸ οὖν ἀγῶνα παρέχειν οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν ἢ ἀπιστεῖν. Τοῦτο οὖν, φησί, μὴ μικρόν ἐστιν ἔγκλημα; μὴ ἡ τυχοῦσα κατηγορία τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀπιστεῖν; Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο βαρύ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τῷ Θεῷ.

Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν, ἵνα μάθωσι πάντες, ὅτι ἀνεξαπάτητος ἔμεινεν ὁ προφήτης, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν ῥημάτων παραλογιζόμενος τῶν εἰρημένων, ἀλλ' ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ τοῦ Ἄχαζ φέρων τὴν ψῆφον. Τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς πολλάκις ἐπὶ τῶν εὐαγγελίων ἐποίησε. Πρὶν ἢ γὰρ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν σημείων παρασχεῖν ἀπόδειξιν, τὴν κακίαν τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς μέσον ἄγων τὴν ἐν διανοίᾳ τυρευομένην, οὐ μικρὸν τοῦτο

English

Ask for yourself a sign, but he, feigning to be exceedingly faithful, said: I will not ask, nor will I test the Lord. See how with great vehemence the prophet brings the cutting rebuke, reasonably making the accusation heavier after the demonstration of his hypocrisy. For this reason he does not even deem him worthy of an answer, but turns to the people and says: Hear, O house of David; is it a small thing for you to strive with men? And how do you strive with the Lord? What is said is unclear; therefore it is necessary to unfold the saying with precision. For what he says is of this sort: are not my words mine? Is not my declaration mine? But if to disbelieve men simply and without reason is grievous and worthy of condemnation, much more is it so to disbelieve God. Therefore to strive is nothing other than to disbelieve. This, then, he says, is it not a small charge? Is disbelieving men no ordinary accusation? But if this is grievous, much more is it so toward God.

And he said this so that all might learn that the prophet remained undeceived, not being misled by the words that were spoken, but bringing his judgment from what was in the mind of Ahaz. This Christ also often did in the Gospels. For before providing the demonstration from signs, bringing the wickedness of the Jews into the middle—the wickedness that was being concocted in their mind—not a small thing

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:147 · narrative
Source · Greek

παρεῖχε σημεῖον· οἷον ἐπὶ τοῦ παραλυτικοῦ πεποίηκεν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εἶπε πρὸς αὐτόν· Θάρσει, τέκνον· ἀφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ἔλεγον ἐν ἑαυτοῖς· Βλασφημεῖ· φησί, πρὶν ἢ σφῖγξαι τὸν παραλελυμένον· Τί βουλεύεσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν; μέγιστον θεότητος τοῦτο παρέχων τεκμήριον, τὸ τὰ ἀπόρρητα εἰδέναι τῆς διανοίας. Σὺ γὰρ ἐπίστασαι, φησί, καρδίας μονώτατος. Καὶ ὁ Δαυῒδ πάλιν φησίν· Ἐτάζων καρδίας καὶ νεφροὺς ὁ Θεός. Τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς προφήταις ἐδίδου πολλάκις ὁ Θεὸς εἰδέναι, ἵν' οἱ ἀκούοντες μανθάνωσιν ὅτι οὐδὲν ἀνθρώπινον τῶν εἰρημένων, ἀλλ' ἄνωθεν καὶ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἡ ψῆφος ἅπασα κατενήνεκται. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ μεγαλοφωνότατος οὗτος Ἡσαΐας, ἐπειδὴ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ἐπιεικείας διελέχθη τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ τῶν δεινῶν ἀπήλλαξε καὶ θαρρεῖν ἐκέλευσεν ὑπὲρ τῶν παρόντων καὶ τεκμήρια τούτου παρέσχεν αὐτῷ, τὸ τὴν βουλὴν ἐξαγγεῖλαι τῶν ἐπιστρατευσάντων καὶ τὴν προδοσίαν ἐλέγξαι καὶ τὴν ἅλωσιν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ προειπεῖν τὴν παντελῆ καὶ ὁλόκληρον καὶ τὸν χρόνον προσθεῖναι, οὐκ ἠρκέσθη τούτοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ περαιτέρω πρόεισι καὶ οὐκ ἀναμένει σημεῖον αὐτὸν αἰτῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ μὴ βουλόμενον δι' ὑπερβολὴν ἀπιστίας προτρέπεται· καὶ οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ κύριον τῆς αἱρέσεως ποιεῖ· οὐδὲ γάρ φησι, τὸ καὶ τὸ σημεῖον, ἀλλ' ὅπου βούλει, φησί· πλούσιος ὁ Δεσπότης, παναλκὴς ἡ δύναμις, ἄφατος ἡ ἐξουσία. Ἂν ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν βουληθῇς, οὐδὲν τὸ κωλῦον· ἂν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲν τὸ ἐμποδίζον. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν· Ἢ εἰς βάθος ἢ εἰς ὕψος.

English

He provided a sign; as, for instance, he did in the case of the paralytic. For when he had said to him, "Take heart, child; your sins are forgiven," and those men were saying among themselves, "He blasphemes," he says, before the paralytic was bound fast: "Why do you plot evil in your hearts?"—thereby giving the greatest proof of divinity, namely, to know the unspoken secrets of the mind. For you alone, he says, know hearts. And David again says: God searches hearts and reins. God often granted even the prophets to know this, so that those who heard might learn that nothing in what was said was human, but that the whole verdict had been brought down from above and from the heavens. For this very reason this most mighty-voiced Isaiah also, since he had conversed with the king with great gentleness and had freed him from the terrors and had bidden him take courage concerning the present circumstances and had given him proofs of this—namely, to declare the counsel of those who had marched against him and to expose the betrayal and to foretell the complete and entire capture of Israel and to add the time—was not satisfied with these things, but goes even further and does not wait for him to ask for a sign, but even urges him when he does not wish it, out of an excess of unbelief; and not simply so, but he even makes him the master of the choice. For he does not say, "such and such a sign," but "wherever you wish," he says. Rich is the Master, all-powerful the might, ineffable the authority. If you wish it from the heavens, nothing hinders; if from the earth, nothing stands in the way. For this is what it means: "Either into the depth or into the height.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:148 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐδὲ οὕτως αὐτὸν ἐπεσπάσατο, οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἐσίγησεν, ἀλλ' ἔλεγχον ἐπαγαγὼν καὶ τοῦτον ὑπὲρ διορθώσεως τοῦ ἀκούοντος καὶ τοῦ δεῖξαι, ὡς οὐκ ἠπάτησεν, οὐδὲ παρελογίσατο, ἀνακαλύπτει προφητείαν ἀπόρρητον, τὴν ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐσομένην καὶ ἐπὶ διορθώσει τῶν πραγμάτων ἁπάντων· καί φησι τὸ σημεῖον οὐχὶ τῷ Ἄχαζ δίδοσθαι λοιπόν, ἀλλὰ τῷ κοινῷ τῶν Ἰουδαίων δήμῳ. Παρὰ μὲν γὰρ τὴν ἀρχὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν λόγον ἀπέτεινεν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀνάξιον ἐκεῖνος ἑαυτὸν ἀπέφηνε, τῷ κοινῷ τοῦ λαοῦ διαλέγεται. Διὰ τοῦτο γάρ, φησί, δώσει, οὐχὶ σοί, ἀλλ' ὑμῖν σημεῖον. Ὑμῖν, τίσιν; Τοῖς ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ Δαυΐδ. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖθεν ἐβλάστησε τὸ σημεῖον. Τί οὖν τὸ σημεῖόν ἐστιν; Ἰδοὺ ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ λήψεται καὶ τέξεται υἱὸν καὶ καλέσουσι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ. Παρατηρητέον, ὅπερ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν εἶπον, ὅτι οὐ τῷ Ἄχαζ δίδοται λοιπὸν τὸ σημεῖον. Καὶ ὅτι οὐ στοχασμός, αὐτὸς ὁ προφήτης καὶ ἐνεκάλεσε καὶ κατηγόρησε λέγων· Μὴ μικρὸν ὑμῖν, ἀγῶνα παρέχειν ἀνθρώποις; καὶ προσέθηκε· Διὰ τοῦτο δώσει Κύριος ὑμῖν σημεῖον. Ἰδοὺ ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει. Εἰ δὲ μὴ παρθένος ἦν, οὐδὲ σημεῖον ἦν. Τὸ γὰρ σημεῖον ἐκβαίνειν δεῖ τὴν κοινὴν ἀκολουθίαν καὶ τὴν τῆς φύσεως ὑπερβαίνειν συνήθειαν καὶ ξένον εἶναι καὶ παράδοξον, ὥστε ἕκαστον ἐπισημαίνεσθαι τῶν ὁρώντων καὶ ἀκουόντων. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ σημεῖον λέγεται, διὰ τὸ ἐπίσημον. Ἐπίσημον δὲ οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο, εἰ μέλλοι κρύπτεσθαι τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τῶν ἄλλων πραγμάτων. Ὥστε εἰ περὶ γυναικὸς ὁ λόγος ἦν νόμῳ φύσεως τικτούσης, τίνος ἕνεκεν σημεῖον καλεῖ τὸ καθ' ἑκάστην γινόμενον ἡμέραν;

English

But since not even in this way did he draw him to himself, nor did he keep silent here either, but bringing a reproof—both for the correction of the hearer and to show that he had not deceived or misled him—he unveils a hidden prophecy, one that would come to pass for the salvation of the world and for the correction of all things; and he says that the sign is no longer given to Ahaz, but to the common people of the Jews. For at the beginning he directed his word to him; but since that man showed himself unworthy, he speaks to the people as a whole. For this reason, he says, he will give—not to you, but to you all—a sign. To you all—to whom? To those in the house of David. For from there too the sign sprang. What then is the sign? Behold, the virgin shall conceive in the womb and bear a son, and they shall call his name Emmanuel. It must be observed, as I also said before, that the sign is no longer given to Ahaz. And that it is not a conjecture, the prophet himself both charged and accused them, saying: Is it a small thing for you to cause trouble to men? And he added: Therefore the Lord himself will give you a sign. Behold, the virgin shall conceive in the womb. But if she were not a virgin, it would not be a sign either. For a sign must depart from the common order of events and transcend the usual course of nature and be strange and paradoxical, so that each of those who see and hear may take note of it. For this reason it is called a sign, because of its being conspicuous. But it would not be conspicuous if it were going to be hidden by its sharing in the common lot of other things. So that if the word were about a woman giving birth by the law of nature, for what reason does he call a sign that which happens every day?

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:149 · narrative
Source · Greek

Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ἀρχόμενος οὐχ ἁπλῶς εἶπεν· Ἰδοὺ παρθένος, ἀλλ' ἰδοὺ ἡ παρθένος, τῇ προσθήκῃ τοῦ ἄρθρου ἐπίσημόν τινα καὶ μόνην τοιαύτην γεγενημένην ἡμῖν αἰνιττόμενος. Ὅτι γὰρ ἡ προσθήκη αὕτη τοῦτο ἐνδείκνυται, δυνατὸν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν εὐαγγελίων μαθεῖν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἔπεμψαν πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐρωτῶντες, Τίς εἶ; οὐκ ἔλεγον· Σὺ εἶ χριστός, ἀλλ' Εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός· οὐδὲ ἔλεγον, Σὺ εἶ προφήτης, ἀλλ' Εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ προφήτης· ὧν ἕκαστον ἐξαίρετον ἦν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀρχόμενος ὁ Ἰωάννης οὐκ ἔλεγεν· Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν Λόγος, ἀλλ' Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ Λόγος καὶ ὁ Λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν. Οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὐκ εἶπεν· Ἰδοὺ παρθένος, ἀλλ' Ἰδοὺ ἡ παρθένος· καὶ μετὰ ἀξιώματος προφήτῃ πρέποντος τὸ Ἰδού. Μόνον γὰρ οὐχὶ ὁρῶντος ἦν τὰ γινόμενα καὶ φανταζομένου καὶ πολλὴν ἔχοντος ὑπὲρ τῶν εἰρημένων πληροφορίαν. Τῶν γὰρ ἡμετέρων ὀφθαλμῶν ἐκεῖνοι σαφέστερον τὰ μὴ ὁρώμενα ἔβλεπον. Τὴν μὲν γὰρ

αἴσθησιν εἰκὸς καὶ ἀπατηθῆναι· ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος χάρις ἀνεξαπάτητον παρείχετο τὴν ἀπόφασιν.

English

For this reason, even at the beginning he did not say simply "Behold, a virgin," but "Behold, the virgin," by the addition of the article hinting at a certain distinguished woman, the only one of her kind, who came to be for us. That this addition indicates this, it is possible to learn even from the Gospels. For when the Jews sent to John asking, "Who are you?" they did not say, "Are you Christ?" but "Are you the Christ?" nor did they say, "Are you a prophet?" but "Are you the prophet?"—each of which was something exceptional. For this reason John too, at the beginning, did not say, "In the beginning was Logos," but "In the beginning was the Logos, and the Logos was with God." So also here he did not say, "Behold, a virgin," but "Behold, the virgin," and with the dignity befitting a prophet, "Behold." For it was almost as if he were seeing the things that were coming to pass and envisioning them, and had great assurance concerning what was said. For those men saw the unseen things more clearly than our eyes. For the senses may well be deceived, but the grace of the Spirit made its declaration incapable of deception.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:150 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐ προσέθηκε, φασίν, ὅτι ἐκ Πνεύματος ὁ τόκος ἔσται; Προφητεία ἦν τὸ λεγόμενον καὶ συνεσκιασμένως ἀπαγγεῖλαι ἔδει, ὃ πολλάκις εἶπον, διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀκουόντων ἀγνωμοσύνην, ἵνα μὴ σαφῶς πάντα μαθόντες καὶ τὰ βιβλία πάντα κατακαύσωσιν. Εἰ γὰρ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐφείσαντο, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τῶν γραμμάτων οὐκ ἂν ἀπέσχοντο. Καὶ ὅτι οὐ στοχασμὸς τὸ εἰρημένον, ἕτερός τις βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰερεμία αὐτὰ τὰ βιβλία λαβὼν κατέτεμε καὶ πυρὶ παρεδίδου. Εἶδες μανίαν ἀφόρητον; εἶδες ὀργὴν ἀλόγιστον; Οὐκ ἤρκεσεν αὐτῷ τὸ ἀφανίσαι τὰ γράμματα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνέπρησε, τὸ ἀλόγιστον αὐτοῦ πάθος πληρῶσαι βουλόμενος. Ἀλλ' ὅμως καὶ ἀσαφῶς εἰπὼν ὁ θαυμάσιος οὗτος προφήτης, τὸ πᾶν ἐνεδείξατο. Παρθένος γάρ, ἕως ἂν μένῃ παρθένος, πόθεν ἄλλοθεν κυήσειεν, εἰ μὴ ἀπὸ Πνεύματος ἁγίου; Τὸ γὰρ νόμον λῦσαι φύσεως οὐδενὸς ἑτέρου ἦν, ἀλλ' ἢ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ τῆς φύσεως. Ὥστε εἰπὼν ὅτι τέξεται ἡ παρθένος, τὸ πᾶν ἐνέφηνεν. Εἰπὼν τοίνυν τὸν τόκον, λέγει καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ τικτομένου, οὐ τὸ τεθέν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καλεῖ πόλιν δικαιοσύνης, καίτοι γε οὐδαμοῦ δικαιοσύνης ἐκλήθη πόλις, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων ταύτην εἶχε τὴν προσηγορίαν, διὰ τὸ πολλὴν γεγενῆσθαι τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον αὐτῆς μεταβολὴν καὶ τὴν τοῦ δικαίου προστασίαν (καὶ γὰρ ὅταν πόρνην καλῇ, οὐχ ὡς τῆς πόλεως οὕτω ποτὲ κληθείσης, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας τὸ ὄνομα τίθησιν· οὕτω δὴ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς)· τὸ αὐτὸ τοίνυν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ λεκτέον, ὅτι τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτῷ ὄνομα τέθεικε.

English

And why, they say, did he not add that the birth would be from the Spirit? What was said was prophecy, and it had to be announced in veiled terms, as I have often said, because of the ignorance of the hearers, lest, learning everything clearly, they burn up all the books as well. For if they did not spare the prophets, how much less would they have kept their hands off the writings. And that what was said is not mere conjecture, another king in the time of Jeremiah took the very books themselves and cut them in pieces and handed them over to fire. Did you see the unbearable madness? Did you see the unreasoning rage? It was not enough for him to destroy the writings, but he even burned them, wishing to satisfy his irrational passion. But nevertheless, even by speaking obscurely, this wonderful prophet indicated the whole. For a virgin, as long as she remains a virgin, from where else could she conceive than from the Holy Spirit? For to dissolve the law of nature belonged to none other than the craftsman of nature. So that by saying "the virgin shall conceive," he made the whole clear. Having therefore spoken of the birth, he also states the name of the one born—not the name given, but the one derived from the facts. For just as he calls Jerusalem a city of righteousness, although it was never anywhere called a city of righteousness, but it had this designation from the facts, because of the great change that came about in it for the better and the protection of the righteous one (for even when he calls it a harlot, it is not as though the city had ever been called so, but he assigns the name from its wickedness; and so also afterward from its virtue)—the same, then, must be said in the case of Christ, that he has assigned to him the name derived from the facts.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:151 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τότε γὰρ μάλιστα μεθ' ἡμῶν ὁ Θεὸς γέγονεν, ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὀφθεὶς καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συναναστρεφόμενος καὶ τὴν πολλὴν ἐπιδεικνύμενος περὶ ἡμᾶς κηδεμονίαν. Οὐκέτι γὰρ ἄγγελος, οὐδὲ ἀρχάγγελος μεθ' ἡμῶν, ἀλλ' αὐτὸς καταβὰς ὁ Δεσπότης τὴν πᾶσαν ἀνεδέξατο διόρθωσιν, πόρναις διαλεγόμενος, τελώναις συνανακείμενος, εἰς ἁμαρτωλῶν οἰκίας εἰσιών, λῃσταῖς παρρησίαν διδούς, μάγους ἐφελκόμενος, πάντα περιιὼν καὶ διορθούμενος, καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν φύσιν ἑνῶν πρὸς ἑαυτόν. Ταῦτα οὖν πάντα ὁ προφήτης προαναφωνεῖ, ὁμοῦ καὶ τὸν τόκον λέγων καὶ τὸ κέρδος τῶν ὠδίνων τὸ ἄφατον ἐκεῖνο καὶ ἄπειρον. Ὅταν γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς μετὰ ἀνθρώπων ᾖ, οὐδὲν δὴ δεῖ λοιπὸν δεδοικέναι, οὐδὲ τρέμειν, ἀλλ' ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων θαρρεῖν· ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ἐγένετο. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ ἀρχαῖα ἐκεῖνα καὶ ἀκίνητα ἐλύθη κακὰ καὶ ἡ κατὰ τοῦ κοινοῦ γένους ἀπόφασις ἀνῃρεῖτο καὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας τὰ νεῦρα ἐκέκοπτο καὶ διαβόλου τυραννὶς κατελύετο καὶ ὁ πᾶσιν ἄβατος παράδεισος ἀνδρο φόνῳ καὶ λῃστῇ πρῶτον ἠνοίγετο καὶ οὐρανῶν ἁψῖδες ἀνεπετάννυντο καὶ ἀγγέλοις ἄνθρωποι συνανεμίγνυντο καὶ πρὸς τὸν βασιλικὸν θρόνον ἡ φύσις ἡ ἡμετέρα ἀνήγετο καὶ τοῦ ᾅδου τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἄχρηστον ἦν καὶ ὁ θάνατος ὄνομα λοιπὸν ἔμενεν ὄν, πράγματος ἀπεστερημένον· καὶ μαρτύρων χοροὶ καὶ γυναῖκες κατακλῶσαι τοῦ ᾅδου τὰ κέντρα. Ταῦτα οὖν πάντα προορῶν ὁ προφήτης ἐσκίρτα καὶ ἐχόρευε καὶ δι' ἑνὸς ῥήματος ἡμῖν αὐτὰ ἐνεδείκνυτο, προφητεύων ἡμῖν τὸν Ἐμμανουήλ. Βούτυρον καὶ μέλι φάγεται, πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι αὐτὸν ἢ προελέσθαι πονηρὰ ἐκλέξεται τὸ ἀγαθόν.

English

For then especially has God been with us, having appeared on earth and conversed with men and displayed his great care for us. For no longer is it an angel, nor an archangel, with us, but the Master himself, having descended, undertook the whole work of correction, conversing with prostitutes, reclining at table with tax collectors, entering into the houses of sinners, giving boldness to robbers, drawing the magi, going about everywhere and setting things right, and uniting our very nature to himself. All these things, then, the prophet proclaims beforehand, at once declaring the birth and the ineffable and boundless gain of the pangs. For when God is with men, there is no longer any need to fear or tremble, but to have courage concerning all things; which indeed came to pass. For those ancient and immovable evils were loosed and the sentence against the common race was abolished and the sinews of sin were cut and the tyranny of the devil was destroyed and the paradise impassable to all was first opened to a murderer and a robber and the vaults of the heavens were thrown open and men were mingled with angels and our nature was led up to the royal throne and the prison of Hades was useless and death remained thereafter only a name, deprived of its reality; and choirs of martyrs and women shattered the stings of Hades. All these things, then, the prophet foreseeing, he leaped and danced and by a single phrase showed them to us, prophesying to us the Emmanuel. Butter and honey he shall eat, before he knows or chooses evil he shall choose the good.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:152 · narrative
Source · Greek

Διότι πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι τὸ παιδίον ἀγαθὸν ἢ κακόν, ἀπειθεῖ πονηρίᾳ, τοῦ ἐκλέξασθαι τὸ ἀγαθόν. Ἐπειδὴ τὸ τικτόμενον παιδίον οὔτε ἄνθρωπος ἦν ψιλός, οὔτε Θεὸς μόνον, ἀλλὰ Θεὸς ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ, εἰκότως καὶ ὁ προφήτης ποικίλλει τὸν λόγον, νῦν μὲν τοῦτο, νῦν δὲ ἐκεῖνο λέγων καὶ τὰ παράδοξα τιθεὶς καὶ οὐκ ἀφιεὶς ἀπιστηθῆναι τὴν οἰκονομίαν διὰ τὴν τοῦ θαύματος ὑπερβολήν. Εἰπὼν γὰρ ὅτι τέξεται ἡ παρθένος, ὅπερ ἦν ἀνωτέρω φύσεως καὶ ὅτι κληθήσεται Ἐμμανουήλ, ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ μεῖζον προσδοκίας ἦν, ἵνα μή τις τὸν Ἐμμανουὴλ ἀκούσας, τὰ Μαρκίωνος πάθῃ καὶ νοσήσῃ τὰ Οὐαλεντίνου διὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν, διαρρήδην ἐπήγαγε καὶ τῆς οἰκονομίας τὴν σαφεστάτην ἀπόδειξιν, ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης αὐτὴν πιστούμενος. Τί γάρ φησι; Βούτυρον

καὶ μέλι φάγεται. Τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἂν εἴη θεότητος, ἀλλὰ τῆς φύσεως τῆς ἡμετέρας. Διὰ γάρ τοι τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἁπλῶς πλάσας ἐνῴκησεν ἐν αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ κυήσεως ἠνέσχετο καὶ ταύτης ἐννεαμηνιαίου καὶ ὠδίνων καὶ σπαργάνων καὶ τῆς ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας τροφῆς, ἵνα διὰ πάντων ἐμφράξῃ τὰ στόματα τῶν ἀρνεῖσθαι τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἐπιχειρούντων. Ταῦτα οὖν ἄνωθεν προορῶν ὁ προφήτης οὐχὶ τὰς ὠδῖνας λέγει καὶ τὸν θαυμαστὸν τόκον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἐν πρώτῃ ἡλικίᾳ τροφήν, τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς σπαργάνοις, οὐδὲν τῶν λοιπῶν ἐξαλλάττουσαν ἀνθρώπων, οὐδέ τι ξένον κατὰ τοῦτο ἔχουσαν. Οὔτε γὰρ ἅπαντα ἐξηλλαγμένα ἦν αὐτῷ, οὔτε πάντα κοινά. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ γυναικὸς τεχθῆναι κοινόν, τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ παρθένου μεῖζον ἢ καθ' ἡμᾶς. Τὸ δὲ τραφῆναι πάλιν τῷ κοινῷ τῆς φύσεως νόμῳ καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῖς πολλοῖς κοινόν·

English

For before the child knows good or evil, he disobeys evil, so as to choose the good. Since the child born was neither a mere man nor God only, but God in a man, the prophet with good reason varies his speech, saying now this and now that, setting forth the paradoxes and not allowing the economy to be disbelieved because of the excess of the wonder. For having said that the virgin shall conceive, which was above nature, and that he shall be called Emmanuel, which was itself greater than expectation, lest anyone, hearing Emmanuel, should suffer the passions of Marcion and be sick with the disease of Valentinus because of the economy, he plainly added also the clearest proof of the economy, confirming it from the table. For what does he say? Butter and honey shall he eat. But this would not be of divinity, but of our nature. For indeed for this reason he did not simply form a man and dwell in him, but also endured conception, and that of nine months, and birth-pangs and swaddling clothes and nourishment from the first age, so that through all things he might stop the mouths of those who attempt to deny the economy. Therefore the prophet, foreseeing these things from above, speaks not only of the birth-pangs and the wondrous birth, but also of the nourishment in the first age, in the very swaddling clothes, differing in nothing from other men, nor having anything strange in this respect. For neither were all things in him altered, nor were all things common. For to be born of a woman is common, but to be born of a virgin is greater than according to us. And again, to be nourished by the common law of nature and the same as the many is common.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:153 · narrative
Source · Greek

τὸ δὲ ἄβατον γενέσθαι πονηρίᾳ τὸν ναὸν ἐκεῖνον, καὶ μηδὲ εἰς πεῖραν ἐλθεῖν πονηρίας, τοῦτο ξένον καὶ παράδοξον καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου. Διὸ δὴ κἀκεῖνο καὶ τοῦτο τέθεικεν. Οὐ γὰρ μετὰ τὴν πεῖραν τῆς κακίας ἀπέστη τῆς κακίας, φησίν, ἀλλὰ ἄνωθεν καὶ ἐκ προοιμίων αὐτῶν πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν ἐπεδείκνυτο. Ὃ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔλεγε· Τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας; καί, Ἔρχεται ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου καὶ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔχει οὐδέν.

Καὶ αὐτὸς οὗτος προϊὼν ὁ προφήτης λέγει ὅτι Ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθά φησιν, ὅτι πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι αὐτὸν ἢ προελέσθαι πονηρὰ ἀπὸ τῆς ἡλικίας ἐκείνης τῆς ἀπειροκάκου, ἀπ' αὐτῶν τῶν προοιμίων τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐπιδείξεται καὶ οὐδὲν ἕξει πρὸς τὴν κακίαν κοινόν. Διότι πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι τὸ παιδίον ἀγαθὸν ἢ κακόν, ἀπειθεῖ πονηρίᾳ, τοῦ ἐκλέξασθαι τὸ ἀγαθόν. Πάλιν ταῖς αὐταῖς λέξεσι τὸ αὐτὸ νόημα αἰνίττεται καὶ ἐνδιατρίβει τῷ λόγῳ. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ σφόδρα ἦν ὑψηλὸν τὸ εἰρημένον, τῇ συνεχείᾳ τῆς διηγήσεως αὐτὸ πιστοῦται. Ὅπερ γὰρ ἀνωτέρω ἐδήλωσεν εἰπών· Πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι αὐτὸν ἢ προελέσθαι πονηρά, τοῦτο προϊὼν ᾐνίξατο εἰπών· Πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι τὸ παιδίον· καὶ ἐπεξηγήσει κέχρηται πάλιν λέγων· Ἀγαθὸν ἢ κακόν, ἀπειθεῖ πονηρίᾳ, τοῦ ἐκλέξασθαι τὸ ἀγαθόν. Τούτου γὰρ αὐτοῦ μόνον ἦν τὸ ἐξαίρετον. Διὸ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος αὐτὸ στρέφει συνεχῶς καὶ Ἰωάννης δὲ ἰδὼν αὐτόν, τοῦτο ἀνεκήρυξε λέγων· Ἴδε ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου. Ὁ δὲ τὴν ἑτέρων αἴρων, πολλῷ μᾶλλον αὐτὸς ἀναμάρτητος ἦν. Καὶ ὁ Παῦλος, ὅπερ ἔφθην εἰπών, συνεχῶς αὐτὸ ἀναβοᾷ.

English

But that that temple became inaccessible to wickedness, and did not even come to an experience of wickedness—this was strange and paradoxical and belonged to him alone. Therefore he set down both that and this. For he did not, he says, depart from wickedness after an experience of evil, but from the very beginning and from its first preludes he displayed every virtue. This is what he himself also said: "Which of you convicts me of sin?" and, "The ruler of this world is coming, and he has nothing in me."

And this same prophet, proceeding, says that "he did not commit sin, nor was deceit found in his mouth." This then he also says here, that before he knew or chose evil, from that age which was inexperienced in evil, from its very first preludes he will display virtue and will have nothing in common with wickedness. For before the child knows good or evil, he disobeys wickedness, so as to choose the good. Again with the same words he hints at the same meaning and dwells on the statement. For since what was said was very lofty, he confirms it by the continuity of the narrative. For what he indicated above by saying, "Before he knows or chooses evil," this he hinted at as he proceeded by saying, "Before the child knows," and he has used exposition again, saying, "good or evil, he disobeys wickedness, so as to choose the good." For this very thing alone was his exceptional privilege. Therefore Paul also turns to it continually, and John, having seen him, proclaimed this, saying, "Behold the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world." But he who takes away the sins of others was much more himself sinless. And Paul, as I said before, cries this out continually.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:154 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἔμελλεν ἀποθνήσκειν, ἵνα μή τις νομίσῃ τῶν ἀπίστων, ὅτι οἰκείας ἁμαρτίας τίνει δίκην, συνεχῶς αὐτοῦ τὸ ἀναμάρτητον εἰς μέσον ἄγει, ἵνα τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἁμαρτίας λυτήριον ὄντα δείξῃ. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγε· Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν οὐκέτι ἀποθνήσκει. Καὶ γὰρ ὃ ἀπέθανε, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν. Οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνον τὸν θάνατον, ὡς ὑπεύθυνος ὤν, φησί, κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἁμαρτίας λόγον ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλ' ὑπὲρ τῆς κοινῆς ἁπάντων πλημμελείας. Εἰ τοίνυν τῷ προτέρῳ κατὰ τοῦτο ὑπεύθυνος οὐκ ἦν, ἐκ περιουσίας ἀποδέδεικται, ὅτι οὐκέτι ἀποθανεῖται. Καὶ καταλειφθήσεται ἡ γῆ, ἢν σὺ φοβῇ, ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν δύο βασιλέων. Ὅπερ συνεχῶς ὁ προφήτης ποιεῖ, τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα πεποίηκε. Μετὰ τὴν προφητείαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἱστορίαν ἐξάγει τὸν λόγον. Τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν Σεραφὶμ κατασκευάσαντα σαφῶς ἀπεδείξαμεν, ὃ καὶ ἐνταῦθα εἰργάσατο. Εἰπὼν γὰρ τὰ μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι τῆς οἰκουμένης ἀγαθά, εἰς τὸν βασιλέα λοιπὸν τρέπει τὸν λόγον. Διὸ καὶ ἐπήγαγε λέγων· Καὶ καταλειφθήσεται ἡ γῆ. Τί ἐστι Τὸ καταλειφθήσεται; Ἀνέπαφος ἔσται, ἐλευθέρα ἔσται, οὐδὲν πείσεται ἀηδές, τὰ τοῦ πολέμου οὐχ ὑποστήσεται. Καὶ καταλειφθήσεται ἡ γῆ, ἣν σὺ φοβῇ, ὑπὲρ ἧς δέδοικας, ὑπὲρ ἧς τρέμεις, ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν δύο βασιλέων, τοῦ τε Δαμασκηνοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἰσραηλίτου. Εἶτα, ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀγαθῶν προφητείᾳ ῥᾳθυμότερος γένηται, μηδὲ ὑπὸ τῆς εἰρήνης χαυνότερος, ἐπισφίγγει πάλιν αὐτοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν λέγων· Ἀλλὰ ἐπάξει ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν λαόν σου καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός σου ἡμέρας, αἳ οὔπω ἥκασιν, ἀφ' ἧς ἡμέρας ἀφεῖλεν

English

For since he was about to die, lest any of the unbelievers should think that he was paying the penalty for his own sins, he continually brings his sinlessness into the middle, so that he might show that his death is the release of our sin. Therefore he also said: Christ, having been raised from the dead, dies no more. For in that he died, he died to sin. Nor did he die that death, he says, as one who was liable, according to the account of sin, but for the common transgression of all. If, then, in the former he was not liable in this respect, it has been abundantly demonstrated that he will die no more. And the land which you fear shall be left desolate by the face of the two kings. What the prophet does continually, this he has also done here. After the prophecy he brings the word out into the history. This we have clearly demonstrated that he also established in the case of the Seraphim, which he also did here. For having spoken of the good things of the world that were to be, he then turns the word to the king. Therefore he also added, saying: And the land shall be left. What is "shall be left"? It shall be untouched, it shall be free, it shall suffer nothing unpleasant, it shall not undergo the things of war. And the land which you fear shall be left, for which you are afraid, for which you tremble, by the face of the two kings, both the Damascene and the Israelite. Then, so that he might not become more slack by the prophecy of good things, nor more relaxed by the peace, he tightens his soul again, saying: But God will bring upon you and upon your people and upon the house of your father days which have not yet come, from the day when he took away

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:155 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐφραῒμ ἀπὸ Ἰούδα τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Ἀσσυρίων. Διὰ γὰρ τούτων τῶν βαρβάρων τὴν ἔφοδον δηλοῖ, δι' ἧς τὴν πόλιν πρόρριζον ἀνέσπασαν καὶ λαβόντες αὐτοὺς αἰχμαλώτους ἀπῆλθον. Καὶ προλέγει ταῦτα, οὐχ ἵνα γένηται, ἀλλ' ἵνα τῷ φόβῳ γενόμενοι σωφρονέστεροι, τὴν ἀπειλὴν ἀποκρούσωνται. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὔτε ὑπὸ τῶν χρηστῶν, ὧν παρ' ἀξίαν ἀπήλαυσαν, ἐγένοντο βελτίους (ὅτι δὲ παρ' ἀξίαν ἀπήλαυσαν, ἔδειξεν ἡ γνώμη τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ἡ ὑπερβάλλουσα ἀπιστία), οὔτε τῇ ἀπειλῇ τῶν φοβερῶν μετεβάλλοντο, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἑκάτερον τῆς ὠφελείας τὸ φάρμακον ἀντέστησαν χαλεπῶς, ἐπάγει λοιπὸν βαθυτέραν τὴν τομήν, τὴν σηπεδόνα ἐκτέμνων καὶ τοὺς ἀνίατα νοσοῦντας ἐκκόπτων. Τί δέ ἐστιν· Ἀφ' ἧς ἡμέρας ἀφεῖλεν Ἐφραῒμ ἀπὸ Ἰούδα τὸνβασιλέα τῶν Ἀσσυρίων; Ἐπῆλθον οἱ βάρβαροι, πάντας αὐτοὺς ἀναρπασόμενοι· ἀλλ' ἀφέντες τὸν Ἰούδα καὶ τὰς δύο φυλάς, ἐτράπησαν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. Ὃ τοίνυν λέγει, τοῦτό ἐστιν· ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ἀφ' ἧς αἱ δέκα φυλαὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὰς ἐφελκύσονται τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων στρατόπεδον, ὑμῶν ἀποστήσαντες, τῇ τῆς οἰκείας ἁμαρτίας ὑπερβολῇ καὶ καθ' ἑαυτῶν καλέσαντες αὐτοὺς ἀπενεχθῶσιν, ἀπ' ἐκείνης χρὴ δεδοικέναι καὶ φοβεῖσθαι λοι πόν. Ὁδῷ γὰρ προβαίνοντες καὶ ἐφ' ὑμᾶς ἥξουσιν, εἰ μὴ μεταβάλλοισθε. Καί φησιν, ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἐπάξει αὐτούς. Οὐ γὰρ ὁμοῦ τῶν Ἰσραηλιτῶν ἀπενεχθέντων, κἀκεῖνοι ἑάλωσαν, ἀλλὰ βραχὺς μεταξὺ γέγονε χρόνος.

English

Ephraim from Judah, the king of the Assyrians. For through these barbarians he makes clear the attack, by which they dragged the city up root and branch and took them captive and departed. And he foretells these things, not so that they might happen, but so that, becoming more self-controlled through fear, they might ward off the threat. But since they became no better either under the good things which they enjoyed beyond their deserts (and that they enjoyed them beyond their deserts, the king's disposition and their exceeding unbelief showed), nor were they changed by the threat of fearful things, but against each remedy of benefit they stubbornly stood opposed, he applies thereafter the deeper cut, excising the putrefaction and cutting off those incurably sick. And what is this: From the day when Ephraim took away from Judah the king of the Assyrians? The barbarians came upon them, to snatch them all away; but leaving Judah and the two tribes, they turned against Israel. What he says, then, is this: from that day, from which the ten tribes will draw the camp of the barbarians to themselves, having separated them from you, and by the excess of their own sin having called them against themselves, they shall be carried off—from that day it is necessary thereafter to fear and be afraid. For advancing on their way they will come even against you, unless you change. And he says, from that day he will bring them upon them. For the Israelites were not carried off all at once, and then those men were captured, but a short time intervened.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:156 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὃ τοίνυν λέγει, τοῦτό ἐστιν, ὅτι τῇ ψήφῳ ἔκτοτε ἐπήγαγεν ἂν τὰς ἡμέρας· ἀλλ' ἀνέμενεν ὁ Θεὸς καὶ ἐμακροθύμει, καίτοι τῆς ἀξίας τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἔκτοτε ἀπαιτούσης τὴν τιμωρίαν· ὅπερ πολλαχοῦ ποιεῖν εἴωθε, τῆς κυρίας παραγενομένης ἡμέρας, ἀναβάλλεσθαι καὶ ἀναδύεσθαι· ὃ καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τεκμήριον μέγιστον καὶ τῆς ἀγνωμοσύνης τῶν οὐκ ἐθελόντων εἰς δέον αὐτοῦ κεχρῆσθαι τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ ἀπόδειξις σαφεστάτη. Τοῦτο οὖν καὶ ἐνταῦθά φησιν, ὅτι ἀπὸ τότε ἡ ἀπειλή, ἀπὸ τότε ἡ ἀπόφασις, ἐκ τότε ἡ θεήλατος ὀργή, ἵνα ἐπὶ θύραις ἀγαγὼν τὴν τιμωρίαν, διαναστήσῃ πρὸς μετάνοιαν καὶ βελτίους ἐργάσηται καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνων ἅλωσιν ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ καταστήσῃ, μηδέ, ἐπειδὴ οἱ μὲν ἀπηνέχθησαν, οἱ δὲ διέφυγον, ῥᾳθυμότεροι ταύτῃ γένωνται. Καὶ ἔσται ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, συριεῖ Κύριος μυίαις, αἳ κυριεύσουσι μέρους ποταμοῦ Αἰγύπτου. Ὁρᾷς ὡς οὐ μάτην ἔλεγον, ὅτι τὸν φόβον αὐξῆσαι βουλόμενος, ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἐπισείει τὴν ἀπειλήν. Τὰ γοῦν ἑξῆς τοῦτο δηλοῖ, δι' ὧν ἐπαίρει τὸν φόβον τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τὰ στρατόπεδα αὐτοῖς δῆλα ποιῶν, ἅπερ ἦν αὐτοῖς φοβερώτατα, καὶ τὴν εὐκολίαν τῆς ἐφόδου δηλῶν, ὃ μεθ' ὑπερβολῆς αὐτοὺς κατέσειε, καὶ τὸ στῖφος τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐμφαίνων, ὃ μάλιστα αὐτῶν ἐξίστη τὴν διάνοιαν· ταῦτα δὲ ἅπαντα διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς ᾐνίξατο. Σκόπει δέ. Καὶ ἔσται ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, φησί, συριεῖ Κύριος μυίαις.

English

What he is saying, then, is this: that from that time he would have brought the days upon them by his vote; but God waited and was long-suffering, although the worthiness of their sins demanded punishment from that time—which he is accustomed to do in many places: when the appointed day has come, to defer and shrink back; and this is both the greatest proof of his love for humanity and the clearest demonstration of the ingratitude of those unwilling to use his long-suffering as they ought. This, then, he says here also: that from then was the threat, from then the sentence, from then the God-sent wrath, so that by bringing the punishment to the doors he might rouse them to repentance and make them better, and after their capture might place them in agony, lest—since some were carried off and others escaped—they become more slack on that account. And it shall be in that day, the Lord will whistle for flies, which shall lord it over a part of the river of Egypt. Do you see that I was not speaking idly when I said that, wishing to increase their fear, he brandishes the threat from that day? At any rate, what follows makes this clear, through which he raises the fear by his word and makes plain to them the armies, which were most terrifying to them, and reveals the ease of the assault, which shook them exceedingly, and displays the throng of the army, which especially drove their mind out of its wits; all these things he hinted at through what follows. But consider. And it shall be in that day, he says, the Lord will whistle for flies.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:157 · narrative
Source · Greek

Μυίας ἐνταῦθα τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους ἐκάλεσε, διὰ τὸ ἀναιδὲς καὶ ἀναίσχυντον καὶ ὅτι συνεχῶς διακρουόμενοι συνεχῶς ἐπῄεσαν καὶ οὐδὲ μικρὸν ἀναπνεῖν συνεχώρουν, ἀλλὰ μυρία παρεῖχον αὐτοῖς πράγματα πολλάκις, καθάπερ αἱ μυῖαι τοῖς τραύμασιν, οὕτω διηνεκῶς ταῖς τούτων ἐφιζάνοντες συμφοραῖς. Τούτους οὖν ἄξει, φησίν, ὁ Θεός. Ἀλλ' οὐκ εἶπεν, ἄξει, ἀλλὰ Συριεῖ, τὴν εὐκολίαν ἐμφαίνων τῆς ἀνόδου καὶ τὸ ἄμαχον τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ δυνάμεως καὶ ὅτι ἀρκεῖ νεῦσαι μόνον καὶ πάντα ἕπεται. Καὶ εἰκότως ἀπὸ τούτων πρότερον ἄρχεται τῆς ἀπειλῆς, ὧν ἤδη διὰ τῶν ἔργων πεῖραν εἰλήφεισαν. Καὶ τῇ μελίσσῃ, ἥ ἐστιν ἐν χώρᾳ Ἀσσυρίων. Ὁ Σύρος καὶ ὁ Ἑβραῖος, ὥς φασιν, οὐλέγουσι, μελίσσας, ἀλλά, Σφῆκας. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐ σφόδρα αὐτῶν ἦσαν ἐν πείρᾳ, τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ σφηκὸς εἰς πολλὴν αὐτοὺς ἐνέβαλλεν ἀγωνίαν, τὸ σφοδρὸν αὐτῶν, τὸ πληκτικόν, τὸ ἀμυντικόν, τὸ πικρὸν τῶν τραυμάτων, τὸ ταχὺ τῆς παρουσίας, τὸ δυσφύλακτον διὰ τοῦ ζώου τούτου δηλῶν. Καὶ ἐλεύσονται καὶ ἀναπαύσονται πάντες ἐν ταῖς φάραγξι τῆς χώρας καὶ ἐν ταῖς τρώγλαις τῶν πετρῶν καὶ εἰς τὰ σπήλαια καὶ εἰς πᾶσαν ῥαγάδα καὶ ἐν παντὶ ξύλῳ. Εἰπὼν τὸ φοβερὸν τῶν

English

He called the Egyptians "flies" here, because of their shamelessness and impudence, and because, being continually driven off, they continually came back and did not allow them even a little breathing space, but kept causing them countless troubles; often, just as flies do to wounds, so they settled persistently upon their calamities. These, then, he says, God will lead. But he did not say "will lead," but "will whistle," showing the ease of their advance and the invincibility of God's power, and that it is enough for him only to nod and all things follow. And reasonably he begins the threat first with those of whom they had already had experience through deeds. And with the bee, which is in the country of the Assyrians. The Syrian and the Hebrew, as they say, do not call them bees, but wasps. For since they were not very experienced with them, by the image of the wasp he cast them into great agony, indicating through this creature their vehemence, their stinging, their defensive power, the bitterness of their wounds, the swiftness of their arrival, and the difficulty of guarding against them. And they shall come and all shall rest in the valleys of the country and in the holes of the rocks and in the caves and in every cleft and in every tree. Having spoken of the fearful nature of the

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:158 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἐθνῶν καὶ τὸ τάχιστον τῆς στρατείας, λέγει καὶ τὸ πλῆθος λοιπόν. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπε· Στρατοπεδεύσονται, ἀλλά· Ἀναπαύσονται, οὐδὲ ὡς εἰς πολεμίαν ἀφικνούμενοι χώραν, ἀλλ' ὡς τῇ οἰκείᾳ ἐντρυφῶντες, οὐδὲ ὡς καμάτου δεόμενοι καὶ πόνων, ἀλλ' ὡς ἐπὶ φανερὰν ἀπαντήσοντες νίκην καὶ ἕτοιμον ληψόμενοι τὴν ἁρπαγήν. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν· Ἐλεύσονται καὶ ἀναπαύσονται, ὃ τῶν νενικηκότων ἐστὶ καὶ τρόπαιον στησάντων καὶ μετὰ τὸν πολὺν ἱδρῶτα καὶ τὰς σφαγὰς ἀναπαυομένων. Καὶ οὐκ ἀναπαύσονται ἐν πεδίοις μόνον· ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ τὸ πλῆθος ἄπειρον καὶ οὐχ ἱκανὴ ἡ χώρα δέξασθαι τῶν σωμάτων τὸν ἀριθμόν, καὶ φάραγγες καὶ πέτραι καὶ ὄρη καὶ νάπαι καὶ πάντα καλυφθήσεται τοῖς βαρβαρικοῖς σώμασι. Καίτοι εἰ καὶ μὴ σφοδροὶ ἦσαν, μηδὲ οὕτω ῥαγδαῖοι, ἤρκει τὸ πλῆθος αὐτοὺς καταπλῆξαι· ὅταν δὲ ἀμφότερα ᾖ, καὶ πλῆθος τοσοῦτον καὶ δύναμις τηλικαύτη καὶ τὸ πάντων χαλεπώτερον, ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ ὀργὴ στρατηγοῦσα, ποία λοιπόν ἐστι σωτηρίας ἐλπίς; Τὸ δὲ Εἰς πᾶσαν ῥαγάδα καὶ ἐν παντὶ ξύλῳ ὑπερβολικῶς εἴρηται. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ ἐπὶ τῶν δένδρων ἔμελλον ἀναπαύεσθαι, ἀλλ' ὁμοῦ, καθάπερ εἶπον, καὶ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν ᾐνίξατο καὶ τῇ μεταφορᾷ τῶν σφηκῶν ἐνέμεινεν. Ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ξυρήσει Κύριος τῷ ξυρῷ τῷ μεμεθυσμένῳ. Αὐξήσας τὸν φόβον ἀπὸ τῶν στρατοπέδων, ἐπιτείνει πάλιν αὐτόν, ἐπὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸν λόγον ἀνάγων, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐ βάρβαροί τινες Αἰγύπτιοι καὶ Πέρσαι, ἀλλ' ὁ Θεός ἐστιν ὁ πολεμῶν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις. Ξυρὸν δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὴν ἀφόρητον ὀργὴν αὐτοῦ φησι καὶ ἣν οὐδεὶς ὑποστῆναι δυνήσεται, μετ' εὐκολίας ἐπιοῦσαν καὶ ἀναλίσκουσαν.

English

of nations and the swiftest part of the army, he now speaks also of the multitude. And he did not say, "They will encamp," but "They will rest," not as those arriving in a hostile land, but as those luxuriating in their own, nor as those needing toil and labors, but as those who will meet with manifest victory and take the plunder ready at hand. Therefore he says: "They will come and will rest," which is the mark of those who have conquered and set up a trophy and rest after much sweat and slaughter. And they will rest not only in the plains; but since the multitude is boundless and the land is not sufficient to receive the number of their bodies, both ravines and rocks and mountains and glens and everything will be covered with barbarian bodies. And yet even if they were not fierce, nor so impetuous, their multitude alone was enough to terrify them; but when both are present—so great a multitude and so great a power, and, what is harder than all, the wrath of God leading the campaign—what hope of salvation is left thereafter? And the phrase "Into every cleft and in every tree" is said hyperbolically. For they were not, of course, going to rest on the trees, but at once, as I said, he both hinted at the hyperbole and persisted in the metaphor of the wasps. In that day the Lord will shave with the razor that is drunk. Having increased the fear from the armies, he intensifies it again, leading the discourse up to heaven, showing that it is not some barbarians, Egyptians and Persians, but God who wages war against the Jews. And by "razor" here he means his unbearable wrath, which no one will be able to withstand, coming upon them with ease and consuming them.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:159 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ τρίχες τοῦ σώματος τοῦ ξυροῦ τὴν ἀκμὴν οὐκ ἂν ἐνέγκαιεν, ἀλλ' εἴκουσιν εὐθέως καὶ παραχωροῦσιν· οὕτω δὴ καὶ τὰ Ἰουδαϊκὰ πράγματα τὴν θεήλατον ὀργὴν ἐκείνην οὐκ ἂν ὑποσταῖέν ποτε, φησί. Ξυρὸν τοίνυν μεμεθυσμένον τὴν ἀκμάζουσαν, τὴν μεμεστωμένην τοῦ Θεοῦ ὀργήν, τὴν πεπληρωμένην ἀπόφασιν ἡμῖν ἐνδείκνυται. Πέραν δὲ τοῦ ποταμοῦ βασιλέως Ἀσσυρίων, τὸ πέραν τοῦ Εὐφράτου φησίν· ἅπερ ἦν ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ ἡ Παλαιστίνη πᾶσα ἀπὸ Περσίδος ἐπανιοῦσι. Ταῦτα οὖν ἅπαντα ἀφανιεῖ, φησίν, ἄρδην. Κεφαλὴν δὲ καὶ τρίχας καὶ πώγωνα καὶ πόδας, ὁλόκληρον τὴν χώραν φησὶ τῇ παραβολῇ τοῦ σώματος, πᾶσαν αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν περιλαμβάνων τῷ λόγῳ, ὥσπερ καὶ ἀρχόμενος ἔλεγε· Πᾶσα κεφαλὴ εἰς πόνον καὶ πᾶσα καρδία εἰς λύπην. Ἀπὸ ποδῶν ἕως κεφαλῆς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ ὁλοκληρία· οὐ περὶ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου λέγων, ἀλλ' ὁλόκληρον τὴν χώραν ἑνὶ σώματι παραβάλλων. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθά φησιν, ὅτι καὶ χαλεπὴν ὑποστήσεται τὴν τιμωρίαν πᾶσα ἡ γῆ. Καὶ τὸ μὲν διὰ τοῦ ξυροῦ, τὸ δὲ διὰ τῆς τοῦ σώματος εἰκόνος ἐνέφηνε, δηλῶν ὅτι ξυροῦ παντὸς χαλεπώτερον καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἀναλώσει ἡ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ φερομένη ψῆφος καὶ γυμνὴν αὐτὴν καὶ ἔρημον καταλείψει. Εἶτα τὴν ἐρημίαν ταύτην δι' ἑτέρας εἰκόνος ἐνδείκνυται. Ποιεῖ δὲ αὐτό, ὥστε διὰ πάντων ἀκμάζοντα μένειν τὸν φόβον καὶ μὴ καταμαραίνεσθαι τῷ μήκει τοῦ λόγου τὴν ἀγωνίαν. Καὶ δοκεῖ μὲν τοῖς οὐ προσέχουσι χρηστῶν τινων ἐπαγγελίαν εἶναι τὸ λεγόμενον· οἱ δὲ ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάζοντες ἴσασιν ὅτι ἐπιτεταμένης ἐρημίας ἐστὶν ἀπόδειξις. Τί γάρ φησι;

English

For just as the hairs of the body could not endure the sharp edge of the razor, but give way at once and yield, so too, he says, the affairs of the Jews could never withstand that God-sent wrath. A drunken razor, then, he sets before us—the wrath of God at its peak, the sentence fulfilled. And "beyond the river of the king of the Assyrians," he means beyond the Euphrates; this was Judea and all Palestine for those returning from Persia. All these things, he says, he will utterly destroy. "Head and hairs and beard and feet"—by the figure of the body he means the whole country, comprehending their entire land in his word, just as he also said at the beginning: "Every head is for pain and every heart for grief. From feet to head there is no soundness in it"—not speaking of one man, but comparing the whole country to a single body. This, then, he also says here: that the whole land will undergo severe punishment. And he has made this clear partly through the razor, partly through the image of the body, showing that the verdict borne from God will consume both the people and the produce of the land more grievously than any razor, and will leave it naked and desolate. Then he indicates this desolation through another image. And he does this so that through all of it the fear may remain at its peak and the anguish not wither away through the length of the discourse. And to those who do not pay attention, what is said seems to be a promise of good things; but those who examine it carefully know that it is a demonstration of intensified desolation. For what does he say?

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:160 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καὶ ἔσται ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, θρέψει ἄνθρωπος δάμαλιν βοῶν καὶ δύο πρόβατα. Καὶ ἔσται, ἀπὸ τοῦ πλεῖστον ποιεῖν γάλα φάγεται βούτυρον, ὅτι βούτυρον καὶ μέλι φάγεται πᾶς ὁ καταλειφθεὶς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Ταῦτα πολλήν, ὡς ἔφθην εἰπών, ἐρημίαν ἐνδείκνυται. Ἡ γὰρ πυροὺς καὶ κριθὰς φέρουσα γῆ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐρημωθεῖσα, δαψιλῆ παρέξει νομὴν τοῖς προβάτοις καὶ οὕτω δαψιλῆ, ὡς διὰ τὴν εὐθηνίαν τῆς τοιαύτης τραπέζης ἀρκεῖν καὶ δύο πρόβατα καὶ δάμαλιν μίαν πηγὰς τῷ κεκτημένῳ παρέχειν γάλακτος. Ὥστε ἡ εὐθηνία τῆς εὐωχίας τῶν ἀλόγων τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐρημίας μέγιστόν ἐστι τεκμήριον. Καὶ τὸ μέλι δὲ τοῦτο αἰνίττεται· εἰώθασι γὰρ ταῖς ἐρήμοις ἐμφιλοχωρεῖν αἱ μέλιτται καὶ ἔνθα ἂν πολλῆς νομῆς ἀπολαύωσι καὶ ἔνθα μηδεὶς ὁ ἐνοχλῶν ᾖ. Καὶ ἵνα μάθῃς ὅτι τὴν ἐπιτεταμένην ἐρημίαν αἰνίττεται, τὰ ἑξῆς δηλοῖ. Καὶ ἔσται ἐν τῇ

ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ οὗ ἐὰν ὦσι χίλιαι ἄμπελοι χιλίων σίκλων, εἰς χέρσον ἔσονται καὶ εἰς ἄκανθαν. Μετὰ βέλους καὶ τοξεύματος εἰσελεύσονται ἐκεῖ, ὅτι χέρσος καὶ ἄκανθα ἔσται πᾶσα ἡ γῆ. Πολλῆς καὶ τοῦτο δυσπραγίας σημεῖον, ὅταν μὴ ὄρη καὶ νάπαι, ἀλλ' αὐτὴ ἡ βαθύγειος καὶ πολλῆς ἀπολαύουσα τῆς ἐπιμελείας ἀκάνθας φέρῃ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλῶς τὸ τίμημα τῶν ἀμπέλων τέθεικεν, ἀλλ' ἵνα καὶ τὴν φύσιν τῆς γῆς ἐπιδείξηται καὶ τὴν πολλὴν τῶν γεωργῶν ἐπιμέλειαν. Ἀλλ' ὅμως ἐκεῖνα τὰ οὕτως εὐθηνούμενα, φησί, καὶ γεωργικῶν ἀπολαύοντα χειρῶν, εἰς τοσαύτην καταστρέψει τὴν ἐρημίαν, ὡς ἀκάνθας μὲν ἀντὶ ἀμπέλων φέρειν, τοσοῦτον δὲ παρέχειν τοῖς εἰσιοῦσι τὸν φόβον, ὡς μηδένα τολμᾷν γυμνὸν καὶ ἄοπλον εἰσιέναι.

English

And it shall come to pass in that day, a man shall nourish a heifer of cattle and two sheep. And it shall be, from the abundance of making milk he shall eat butter, because every one who is left upon the earth shall eat butter and honey. These things show a great desolation, as I said before. For the land that bears wheat and barley, having been made desolate of men, will provide abundant pasture for the sheep, and so abundant that, because of the plenty of such a table, two sheep and one heifer suffice to provide springs of milk for the one who possesses them. So that the plenty of the feasting of irrational beasts is the greatest proof of the desolation of men. And the honey also hints at this; for bees are accustomed to dwell in the wildernesses, both where they enjoy much pasture and where there is no one to trouble them. And that you may learn that he hints at the extreme desolation, what follows makes it clear. And it shall be in that day, wherever there are a thousand vines worth a thousand shekels, they shall become a dry land and thorns. With arrow and bow they shall enter there, because all the land shall be dry land and thorns. This too is a sign of great misfortune, when not mountains and glens, but the deep-soiled land itself, which enjoys much care, bears thorns. For he has not simply set down the price of the vines, but so as to display both the nature of the land and the great care of the farmers. But nevertheless, he says, those things so flourishing and enjoying the hands of farmers shall be brought down to such desolation, as to bear thorns instead of vines, and to provide such fear to those who enter, that no one dares to enter unarmed and without a weapon.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:161 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τοῦτο δὲ λέγει, τὴν ἐρημίαν ἐμφαίνων τοῦ τόπου καὶ τὴν πολλὴν αὐτόθι τῶν θηρίων διατριβήν. Κατασείσας τοίνυν αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν καὶ μετὰ ἀκριβείας κατεργασάμενος αὐτοὺς τῷ φόβῳ, πάλιν ἀνίησιν ὀλίγον, τὰ χρηστὰ ἀναμίξας καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον μεταβολήν, ἵνα ἑκατέρωθεν μάθωσι τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ἰσχύν. Ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν φοβεροῖς ἐνδιατρίβει, τὰ δὲ χρηστὰ εὐθέως εἰπὼν ἀπαλλάττεται. Τί δήποτε; Ὅτι τούτου μάλιστα ἐδέοντο τῆς ἐπιτιμήσεως τοῦ φαρμάκου τότε· διὸ δὴ αὐτὸ μετὰ δαψιλείας ἐπιθείς, ὥστε ἐνδοῦναι μικρὸν ἀναπνεῦσαι καὶ ταύτῃ πάλιν εἰς ἀρετὴν ἐκκαλέσασθαι, καὶ τὰ χρηστὰ ἀναμίγνυσι, λέγων· Πᾶν ὄρος ἀροτριώμενον ἀροτριωθήσεται. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ βαθύγειος ἔρημος ἔσται, οὕτω καὶ ἐν τῇ καταλλαγῇ πάλιν καὶ ἡ τραχεῖα τὰ τῆς λιπαρᾶς ἐπιδείξεται γῆς, ἄροτρον δεχομένη καὶ σπέρματα. Τούτων δὲ γενομένων, καὶ τὰ ἐκ τούτων ἅπαντα ἔσται, εἰρήνη καὶ ἄδεια καὶ τὸ θαρσεῖν καὶ μὴ δεδοικέναι, καθάπερ ἔμπροσθεν. Οὐ γὰρ μὴ ἐπέλθῃ, φησίν, ἐκεῖ φόβος. Ἔσται δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς χέρσου καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκάνθης εἰς βόσκημα προβάτου καὶ πάτημα βοός. Καὶ διὰ τούτων πάλιν τὴν εὐθηνίαν αἰνίττεται, ὥσπερ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν προϊὼν λέγει· Μακάριος ὁ σπείρων ἐπὶ πᾶν ὕδωρ, οὗ βοῦς καὶ ὄνος πατεῖ. Ὥσπερ γάρ, ὅταν ἐρημίαν παραστῆσαι βούληται, Σειρῆνας καὶ Ὀνοκενταύρους εἰς μέσον ἄγει τῷ λόγῳ· οὕτως, ὅταν εἰρήνην καὶ ἀσφάλειαν, τὰ χειροήθη καὶ τιθασσὰ τῶν ζώων καὶ συνεφαπτόμενα τῶν γεωργικῶν ἔργων ἡμῖν ταῦτα πανταχοῦ δείκνυσι φαινόμενα, ἀπὸ τούτων τὰ ἐκ τούτων ἐμφαίνων, γεωργίαν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην αὐτῶν διακονίαν.

English

But he says this, indicating the desolation of the place and the great throng of wild beasts there. Having shaken their mind, then, and having worked them over with fear precisely, he again relaxes a little, mingling the good things and the change for the better, so that from both sides they may learn the strength of God. But he dwells on the fearful things, while the good things he says and straightway departs. Why ever so? Because at that time they especially needed the remedy of rebuke; therefore he applied it abundantly, so as to yield a little and breathe again, and by this means again to call them back to virtue, and he mingles the good things, saying: Every mountain that is plowed shall be plowed. For just as in the wrath of God even the deep-soiled desert shall be, so also in the reconciliation again even the rough land shall show the qualities of the rich land, receiving the plow and seeds. And when these things have come to pass, all that follows from them shall be: peace and security and confidence and not to fear, just as before. For fear shall not come upon it there, he says. And it shall be from the dry land and from the thorn for the grazing of sheep and the trampling of an ox. And through these things again he hints at prosperity, just as also going forward he says: Blessed is he who sows upon every water, where the ox and the donkey tread. For just as, when he wishes to set forth desolation, he brings Sirens and Onocentaurs into the midst by his word, so, when peace and safety, he everywhere shows these things appearing—the tame and gentle of the animals and those that join in our agricultural works—indicating from these the things that come from them, farming and their other service.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:162 · narrative
Source · Greek

τ ΚΕΦΑΛ. Ηʹ Καὶ εἶπε Κύριος πρός με· λαβὲ σεαυτῷ τόμον χάρτου καινόν, μέγαν, καὶ γράψον εἰς αὐτὸν γραφίδι ἀνθρώπου, τοῦ ὀξέως προνομὴν ποιῆσαι σκύλων. Πάρεστι γάρ· καὶ μάρτυράς μοι ποίησον πιστοὺς ἀνθρώπους, τὸν Οὐρίαν τὸν ἱερέα, καὶ Ζαχαρίαν υἱὸν Βαραχίου. Καὶ προσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν προφῆτιν καὶ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔλαβε καὶ ἔτεκεν υἱόν. Καὶ εἰπέ μοι Κύριος· Κάλεσον τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, ταχέως σκύλευσον, ὀξέως προνόμευσον. Διότι πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι τὸ παιδίον καλεῖν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, λήψεται δύναμιν Δαμασκοῦ, καὶ τὰ σκῦλα Σαμαρείας ἔναντι βασιλέως Ἀσσυρίων. Δοκεῖ μὲν ἀπηρτῆσθαι κατὰ τὴν λέξιν ταυτὶ τὰ δύο προστάγματα, καὶ μηδὲν κοινὸν ἔχειν πρὸς ἄλληλα· εἰ δέ τις ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάσειε τῶν νοημάτων τὴν δύναμιν, πολλὴν ὄψεται τὴν συνέχειαν καὶ τὸν σκοπὸν ἕνα. Ἀναγκαῖον δὲ πρῶτον εἰπεῖν, τίνος ἕνεκεν τὸ τῆς προφητείας εἶδος εἰς τὸν τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰσηνέχθη βίον. [Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν εἰσηνέχθη, ἀναγκαῖον εἰπεῖν.] Μέλλειν εἴωθεν ὁ Θεὸς καὶ βραδύνειν πρὸς τὰς τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων τιμωρίας, ὥσπερ οὖν ταχύς ἐστι καὶ ὀξὺς εἰς τὰς τῶν κατορθούντων εὐεργεσίας. Τοῦτο τοὺς ῥᾳθυμοτέρους ἀναπίπτειν παρασκευάζει, τὸ μὴ κατὰ πόδας ἕπεσθαι τῶν πλημμελημάτων τὴν δίκην. Ἵνα οὖν καὶ ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μακροθυμίαν ἐπιδεικνύηται τὴν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ μηδὲν ἐντεῦθεν ἐκεῖνοι γένωνται ῥᾳθυμότεροι, τὸ τῆς προφητείας κατα σκευάζει φάρμακον οὐ τῇ πείρᾳ τῶν κολάσεων, ἀλλὰ τῇ προγνώσει παιδεύων τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας τέως, ἵνα, ἂν μὲν

English

CHAPTER 8. And the Lord said to me: Take for yourself a new scroll of paper, a great one, and write on it with a man's pen, "to make spoil speedily." For it is at hand; and make for me faithful men as witnesses, Uriah the priest, and Zechariah son of Barachiah. And I went in to the prophetess, and she conceived in the womb and bore a son. And the Lord said to me: Call his name, "Speedily spoil, quickly plunder." For before the child knows to call father or mother, he shall take the power of Damascus and the spoils of Samaria before the king of the Assyrians. These two commands seem, as far as the wording goes, to be disconnected and to have nothing in common with each other; but if one carefully examines the force of the thoughts, he will see great continuity and a single purpose. But it is necessary first to say for what reason the form of prophecy was introduced into the life of men. [For what reason, then, was it introduced? It is necessary to say.] God is accustomed to be about to act and to delay in regard to the punishments of those who sin, just as he is swift and quick in regard to the benefits of those who do right. This disposes the more careless to fall back—namely, that the penalty does not follow close upon the heels of transgressions. In order, then, that God may both display his own long-suffering and those men may not become more careless from this, he prepares the medicine of prophecy, training sinners for the time being not by the experience of punishments but by foreknowledge, so that, if they

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:163 · narrative
Source · Greek

βελτίους γένωνται τὰς ἀπειλὰς ἀκούοντες, τὴν διὰ τῆς πείρας κόλασιν διακρούσωνται· ἐὰν δὲ ἐπιμείνωσιν ἀναισθητοῦντες, τότε δὴ καὶ τὴν τιμωρίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγάγῃ. Τοῦτο συνιδὼν ὁ διάβολος καὶ τὸ κέρδος ἡλίκον ἐστὶν ἐννοῶν, τοὺς ψευδοπροφήτας ἀνῆκεν, οἳ τοῖς προφήταις ἀπειλοῦσι λιμούς, λοιμούς, πολέμους, βαρβάρων ἔφοδον, ἀντέλεγον, χρηστὰ ἀπαγγέλλοντες. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τῷ φόβῳ τῶν ῥημάτων ἐβούλετο τὴν διὰ τῆς πείρας ἀποκρούεσθαι τιμωρίαν, οὕτω καὶ ὁ διάβολος τοὐναντίον εἰργάζετο· τῇ χάριτι τῶν λόγων ἐκλύων καὶ ῥᾳθυμοτέρους ποιῶν, εἰς ἀνάγκην καθίστη τοῦ τὴν διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων ὑπομεῖναι τιμωρίαν. Εἶτα, ἐπειδὴ μετὰ ταῦτα τοῖς ψευδοπροφήταις πιστεύοντες καὶ ἀρετῆς οὐδένα ποιούμενοι λόγον, ἀλλὰ ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ἁμαρτίαις ἐμμένοντες ἐφείλκοντο καὶ τὴν κόλασιν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τέλους καὶ ἡ τῶν προφητῶν ἀλήθεια σαφῶς ἐδείκνυτο καὶ τὸ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν ψεῦδος διηλέγχετο, ἕτερον πάλιν κατασκευάζει μηχάνημα πρὸς ἀπώλειαν τῶν ἁλισκομένων. Ἀνέπειθε γὰρ αὐτοὺς εὐεξαπατήτους ὄντας, ὅτι δὴ ταῦτα [τὰ δεινὰ] τὰ συμβάντα ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν δαιμόνων ὀργῆς ἐγένετο, ἀμελουμένων παρ' αὐτῶν καὶ καταφρονουμένων. Τοῦτο τοίνυν τὸ δέλεαρ ἀναιρῶν ὁ Θεός, πρὸ πολλῶν ἄνωθεν χρόνων τὰ μέλλοντα αὐτοὺς καταλήψεσθαι δεινὰ προλέγει, ἵνα μὴ ἐξῇ τοῖς ἀπατῶσιν αὐτοὺς τῇ τῶν δαιμόνων ὀργῇ λογίζεσθαι τὰ συμβαίνοντα. Καὶ ὅτι οὐ στοχαζόμενος ταῦτα λέγω, ἄκουσον Ἡσαΐου λέγοντος· Ἔγνων ὅτι σκληρὸς εἶ καὶ νεῦρον σιδηροῦν ὁ τράχηλός σου καὶ τὸ μέτωπόν σου χαλκοῦν.

English

they might become better by hearing the threats and avoid the punishment that comes through experience; but if they persist in their insensitivity, then indeed he brings the punishment upon them. The devil, perceiving this and understanding how great the gain is, let loose the false prophets, who contradicted the prophets when they threatened famines, plagues, wars, and the incursion of barbarians, announcing pleasant things instead. For just as God wished, by the fear of his words, to ward off the punishment that comes through experience, so too the devil worked the opposite: by the charm of words relaxing them and making them more slack, he brought them to the necessity of enduring the punishment that comes through deeds. Then, since after these things they believed the false prophets and made no account of virtue, but persisting in their own sins drew down chastisement upon themselves, and both from the outcome the truth of the prophets was clearly shown and the falsehood of the false prophets was refuted, he contrives yet another device for the destruction of those being caught. For he persuaded them, being easily deceived, that these dreadful things which happened came from the anger of the demons, who were being neglected and despised by them. Therefore God, abolishing this bait, foretold from many years beforehand the dreadful things that were going to overtake them, so that those who deceive them might not have the opportunity to attribute what happened to the anger of the demons. And that I do not say this by conjecture, hear Isaiah saying: I knew that you are stubborn, and your neck is a sinew of iron and your forehead bronze.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:164 · narrative
Source · Greek

Διὰ τοῦτο ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐλάλησά σοι, ἵνα μὴ εἴπῃς, ὅτι τὰ εἴδωλά μοι τοῦτο ἐποίησε καὶ τὰ γλυπτὰ καὶ τὰ χωνευτὰ τοῦτο παρεσκεύασεν. Οὔτε ἠπίστασο, οὔτε ἀκουστά σοι ἐγένετο. Ἐπεὶ οὖν, ὅπερ ἔφην, ὡς καὶ ἐκ τῆς μαρτυρίας ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, ἐκείνοις ταῦτα ἀνετίθεσαν, φθάνει ἡ προφητεία ταύτην ἀναιροῦσα τὴν ἀπάτην καὶ πρὸ πολλῶν αὐτὰ διαγορεύουσα χρόνων. Ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ καὶ οὕτως εἰκὸς ἦν αὐτοὺς ἀγνωμονοῦντας λέγειν, οὐ προείπετε, οὐ προηκούσαμεν, νῦν πλάττεσθε μετὰ τὴν ἔκβασιν· οὐ γὰρ ᾔδειτε τὰ συμβησόμενα· πόθεν οὖν τοῦτο δῆλον ὅτι εἴρηται; ὅρα πῶς σαφῶς ἄφυκτον αὐτοῖς κατασκευάζει τὸν ἔλεγχον καὶ τὰ ἀναίσχυντα ἀπορράπτων στόματα. Οὐ γὰρ ἀφίησιν εἰπεῖν μόνον, ἀλλὰ κελεύει καὶ ἐν χάρτῃ γραφῆναι τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς γραφῆναι, ἵνα μὴ ἐξῇ αὐτοῖς λέγειν ὅτι μετὰ ταῦτα ἔπλασεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μάρτυρας καλεῖ τῶν γραμμάτων ἄνδρας ἀξιοπίστους καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀξιώματος καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τρόπου. Ποίησον γάρ μοι, φησί, μάρτυρας πιστοὺς ἀνθρώπους, τὸν Οὐρίαν τὸν ἱερέα καὶ Ζαχαρίαν τὸν υἱὸν Βαραχίου· ἵνα ὅταν ἐξέλθῃ καὶ λέγωσιν ὅτι οὐκ ἐλέχθη ταῦτα πρὸ πολλῶν τῶν χρόνων, τὸ βιβλίον ἐξενεχθὲν καὶ οἱ μάρτυρες οἱ παρόντες καὶ ἀναισχυντοῦντας αὐτοὺς ἐπιστομίσωσι. Διὰ τοῦτο φησι· Λάβε χάρτου τόμον καινόν, ἵνα μὴ παλαιωθεὶς ἀπόληται, ἀλλὰ μένῃ τῷ χρόνῳ παρεκτεινόμενος καὶ κατηγορῶν διὰ τῶν γραμμάτων αὐτῶν. Καὶ γράψον γραφίδι ἀνθρώπου, τουτέστι καλάμῳ, τὰ μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι. Τίνα δὲ τὰ μέλλοντα; Πόλεμος, νίκη βαρβαρική, λαφύρων διανομή, σκύλων ἁρπαγή. Ταῦτα τοίνυν, φησίν, ἅπαντα γράψον, Τοῦ ταχέως προνομὴν ποιῆσαι σκύλων.

English

For this reason I spoke to you from the beginning, so that you might not say, "The idols did this to me, and the carved images and the molten images prepared this." You neither knew, nor did it come to your hearing. Since, then, as I said—as is also possible to see from the testimony—they were attributing these things to those idols, the prophecy comes beforehand, abolishing this deception and declaring these things many years in advance. But since even so it was likely that they, in their ignorance, would say, "You did not foretell it, we did not hear it beforehand; now you are fabricating after the outcome—for you did not know what would happen"—how then is it clear that this was spoken? See how clearly he makes the refutation inescapable for them and stitches shut their shameless mouths. For he does not permit them merely to speak, but commands that what is said be written on paper, and not simply written, so that it might not be possible for them to say that he fabricated it afterward, but he also calls as witnesses of the writings men trustworthy both in rank and in character. For he says, "Make me faithful witnesses, men"—Uriah the priest and Zechariah the son of Barachiah—"so that when they come out and say that these things were not spoken many years before, the book brought out and the witnesses present may silence them even in their shamelessness." For this reason he says, "Take a new roll of paper," so that it may not perish by growing old, but may remain, extended through time and accusing them through their own writings. "And write with a man's pen," that is, with a reed, the things that are to be. And what are the things to be? War, barbarian victory, distribution of spoils, seizure of plunder. All these things, then, he says, write: "For him to quickly make spoil of the plunder.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:165 · narrative
Source · Greek

Πάρεστι γάρ. Τί ἐστι, Πάρεστι γάρ; Δύο ταῦτα δηλοῖ αὕτη ἡ ῥῆσις· ὅτι τότε ἤδη τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων αὐτῶν τὸ μέγεθος ἀπῄτει τὴν δίκην καὶ ἐπὶ θύραις ἡ τιμωρία. Αὐτὸς δὲ ἀναβάλλεται, τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ βουλόμενος αὐτοὺς βελτίους ποιῆσαι καὶ ἀποκρούεσθαι τὴν τιμωρίαν· καὶ ὅτι ῥᾴδιον αὐτῷ καὶ εὔκολον νεῦσαι μόνον καὶ πάντα εἰς πέρας ἀγαγεῖν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ περὶ βαρβάρων ὁ λόγος ἦν τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιστρατεύειν, μὴ νομίσητε, φησίν, ὅτι τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ μῆκος καὶ τῆς στρατείας τὸ πλῆθος μέλλησίν τινα ποιεῖ· ἅπερ ἐπ' ἀνθρώπων ἔσεσθαι πέφυκε.

Τῷ γὰρ Θεῷ πάρεστιν καὶ ὁ πόρρωθεν ὤν· οὕτως αὐτῷ ῥᾴδιον καὶ εὔκολον ἐν μιᾷ καιροῦ ῥοπῇ καὶ ἐν ἀκαριαίῳ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων τῆς γῆς, κἂν πλείους ὦσιν, ἀγαγεῖν εὐθέως καὶ ἐπιστῆσαι. Καὶ μάρτυράς μοι ποίησον πιστοὺς ἀνθρώπους,

τὸν Οὐρίαν τὸν ἱερέα, καὶ Ζαχαρίαν τὸν υἱὸν Βαραχίου. Μάρτυρας τίνος; Τοῦ χρόνου· ἵνα, κἂν τὰ γράμματα συκοφαντῆται, οἱ ζῶντες ἄνθρωποι καὶ παρόντες ἡνίκα ἐγράφετο καὶ τὸν χρόνον σαφῶς εἰδότες πότε ταῦτα ἐλέγετο, δυνηθῶσιν ἐπιστομίζειν τοὺς ἀναισχυντεῖν ἐπιχειροῦντας. Τῆς αὐτῆς ὑποθέσεως ἔχεται καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς, σαφέστερον ἐπάγον τὸν ἔλεγχον. Πῶς καὶ τίνι τρόπῳ; Τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτῶν ἀκούσωμεν. Προσῆλθε γάρ, φησί, πρὸς τὴν προφῆτιν. Τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν ἰδίαν οὕτως ἐκάλεσεν ἴσως, διὰ τὸ καὶ αὐτὴν πνεύματος ἠξιῶσθαι προφητικοῦ· οὐ γὰρ ἐν ἀνδράσι τὰ τῶν χαρισμάτων εἱστήκει μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ γυναικεῖον διέβαινε φῦλον.

English

For it is present. What is "For it is present"? This statement makes two things clear: that even then the magnitude of their sins was demanding punishment, and the penalty was at the doors. But he delays, wishing by his long-suffering to make them better and to avert the punishment; and that it is easy and simple for him merely to nod and to bring all things to completion. For since the discourse was about barbarians who were about to march against them, do not suppose, he says, that the length of the journey and the multitude of the army produce any delay; things which naturally happen in the case of men.

For to God even what is far off is present; so easy and simple is it for him, in a single turn of time and in a moment, to bring them straight from the ends of the earth, even if they be more numerous, and to set them in place. And make for me as witnesses faithful men,

Uriah the priest, and Zechariah the son of Barachiah. Witnesses of what? Of the time; so that, even if the writings are slandered, the living men who were present when it was written, and who clearly know the time when these things were said, may be able to stop the mouths of those who attempt to be shameless. The sequel belongs to the same subject, bringing the refutation more clearly. How and in what manner? Let us hear their own words. For he came, it says, to the prophetess. He called his own wife so, perhaps, because she too was deemed worthy of the prophetic spirit; for the gifts did not stand only among men, but passed over also to the female race.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:166 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὐ γὰρ ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς βιωτικαῖς χρείαις διῄρηται τὰ γένη καὶ ἄλλα μὲν ἀνδρῶν, ἄλλα δὲ γυναικῶν τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα, καὶ οὐκ ἂν δυνηθεῖεν τὰ ἀλλήλων ἀνταλλάξασθαι· οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πνευματικῶν· ἀλλ' ἴσοι οἱ ἀγῶνες καὶ κοινοὶ οἱ στέφανοι. Καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τῇ Παλαιᾷ καὶ ἐν τῇ Καινῇ μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἴδοι τις ἂν καὶ παρὰ πάντα τὸν βίον συμβαῖνον. Ταύτῃ τοίνυν ὁμιλήσας νόμῳ γάμου, κύειν παρεσκεύασε. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ τὸ παιδίον ἐτέχθη, ἐπιτίθησιν αὐτῷ ὄνομα καινὸν καὶ παράδοξον, τὴν ἱστορίαν τῶν ἐσομένων ἔχον. Τί γάρ φησι; Κάλεσον τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Ταχέως σκύλευσον, Ὀξέως προνόμευσον· ἵνα κἂν τὰ γράμματα ἀπιστηθῇ τὰ ἐν τῷ τόμῳ κείμενα, ἡ προσηγορία τοῦ παιδίου τὴν ἱστορίαν τῶν ἐκβησομένων ἔχουσα καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἐκβάσεως τῶν γενομένων τεθεῖσα καὶ συνεχῶς παρὰ πάντα καλουμένη τὸν χρόνον, καὶ τῶν σφόδρα ἀναισχυντεῖν ἐπιχειρούντων ἀπορράψῃ τὰ στόματα. Ὅτι γὰρ οὐ μετὰ τὴν ἔκβασιν ἔπλασε ταῦτα ὁ προφήτης, ἀλλ' ἄνωθεν αὐτὰ προῄδει, καὶ οἱ σφόδρα ἀγνωμονεῖν ἐπιχειροῦντες ἠδύναντο πείθεσθαι, οἱ πρὸ τῆς τῶν πραγμάτων ἐκβάσεως αὐτὸ τὸ παιδίον ὁρῶντες καλούμενον καὶ τὴν διδασκαλίαν τῶν ἐσομένων συμφορῶν ἀνακηρύττον. Διά τοι τοῦτο καὶ ἑρμηνεύει τῆς προφητείας τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὸν χρόνον ἐπισημαίνεται μετὰ ἀκριβείας, οὕτω λέγων· Διότι πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι τὸ παιδίον καλεῖν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, λήψεται δύναμιν Δαμασκοῦ καὶ τὰ σκῦλα Σαμαρείας ἔναντι βασιλέως Ἀσσυρίων. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν.

English

For it is not as in the necessities of daily life, where the kinds are divided and some pursuits belong to men and others to women, and they could not exchange them with one another—so it is not thus also in spiritual matters; but the contests are equal and the crowns are shared. And this one may see with precision both in the Old and in the New, and happening throughout the whole of life. Having therefore conversed with this law of marriage, she was made ready to conceive. And when the child was born, he gives him a new and extraordinary name, containing the history of things to come. For what does he say? Call his name, Quickly Spoil, Swiftly Plunder—so that even if the writings lying in the book be disbelieved, the name of the child, containing the history of what will come to pass and given before the outcome of events and continually called throughout all the time, might stop the mouths even of those who attempt to be exceedingly shameless. For that the prophet did not fashion these things after the outcome, but foreknew them from above, even those who attempt to be exceedingly ignorant could be persuaded, who before the outcome of events saw the child himself being called and proclaiming the teaching of the calamities to come. For this reason he also interprets the power of the prophecy and marks the time with precision, saying thus: For before the child knows to call father or mother, he shall take the power of Damascus and the spoils of Samaria before the king of the Assyrians. And what he means is this.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:167 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ, φησί, τῆς ἡλικίας τῆς ἀώρου καὶ μηδέπω φθέγγεσθαι δυναμένης, τὰ τῆς νίκης ἔσται καὶ τῶν τροπαίων, οὐχ ὡς τοῦ παιδίου δυναμένου παρατάξασθαι καὶ καθελεῖν τοὺς πολεμίους, ἀλλ' ὡς τῆς ἡλικίας ἐκείνης, τουτέστι, τοῦ χρόνου τοῦ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ παιδίου διαλέξεως παραδιδόντος ἅπαντα τοῖς πολεμίοις. Καὶ προσέθετο Κύριος λαλῆσαί μοι ἔτι· Διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον τὸ ὕδωρ τοῦ Σιλωὰμ τὸ πορευόμενον ἡσυχῆ, ἀλλὰ βούλεσθαι ἔχειν τὸν Ῥασὴν καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Ῥωμελίου βασιλέα ἐφ' ὑμῶν, διὰ τοῦτο ἰδοὺ ἀνάγει Κύριος ἐφ' ὑμᾶς τὸ ὕδωρ τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὸ ἰσχυρὸν καὶ τὸ πολύ, τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Ἀσσυρίων. Ὅπερ ἔθος ἐστὶ τῷ Θεῷ μὴ μόνον τὰς τιμωρίας προλέγειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς αἰτίας τιθέναι, ὥστε καὶ ταύτῃ παιδεῦσαι τοὺς ἀκούοντας, τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα ποιεῖ. Εἰπὼν γὰρ τὴν τῶν ἀλλοφύλων διανομὴν καὶ τὰ σκῦλα καὶ προλέγων τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων ἔφοδον, λέγει καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ πολέμου. Τίς δέ ἐστιν αὕτη; Ἡ ἀγνωμοσύνη τῶν τὴν πόλιν οἰκούντων. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ βασιλέα, φησίν, ἔχοντες, ἐπιεικῆ καὶ πρᾶον καὶ ἥμερον, ἀπεσκίρτησαν καὶ τυράννων ἐπεθύμησαν καὶ πρὸς ἀλλοτρίαν ἀρχὴν αὐτομολῆσαι ἠπείχθησαν, τὴν οἰκείαν εὐπραγίαν οὐ φέροντες, μετὰ πλείονος τῆς περιουσίας πληρώσω τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτῶν, βάρβαρόν τινα καὶ ἀνήμερον ἄγων ἄνθρωπον. Κέχρηται δὲ μεταφορικῶς ταῖς λέξεσι, τό τε ἦθος τοῦ ἐγχωρίου δηλῶν βασιλέως καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ βαρβάρου· ποιεῖ δὲ αὐτό, ὅπερ ἔφην ἀεί, τὸν λόγον ἐμφαντικώτερον κατασκευάζων. Διὰ τοῦτό φησι· Διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι αὐτοὺς τὸ ὕδωρ τοῦ Σιλωάμ·

English

In the time, he says, of an age that is untimely and not yet able to speak, the things of victory and of trophies will belong—not because the child is able to array himself for battle and bring down the enemies, but because that age, that is, the time before the child's speech, delivers everything over to the enemies. And the Lord added to speak to me again: Because this people did not want the water of Siloam that goes quietly, but wanted to have Rhasin and the son of Romelios as king over you, for this reason behold, the Lord brings up against you the water of the river, the strong and the great, the king of the Assyrians. It is a custom with God not only to foretell punishments but also to set forth their causes, so as to instruct the hearers in this way as well; this he does here too. For having spoken of the distribution of the foreigners and the spoils, and foretelling the assault of the barbarians, he also states the cause of the war. And what is this? The ingratitude of those who dwell in the city. For since, he says, having a king who was equitable and gentle and mild, they revolted and desired tyrants and hastened to desert to a foreign rule, not bearing their own prosperity, I will fill their desire with greater abundance, bringing a certain barbarian and savage man. He has used the words figuratively, indicating both the character of the local king and the power of the barbarian; and he does this, as I always said, making his discourse more vivid. For this reason he says: Because they did not want the water of Siloam—

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:168 · narrative
Source · Greek

οὐ περὶ ὕδατος λέγων, ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ ἡ πηγὴ ἠρέμα καὶ ἀψοφητὶ πρόεισι, τὸ ἀτάρακτον καὶ ἐπιεικὲς τὸν τρόπον τοῦ τότε βασιλεύοντος τῇ ἠρεμαίᾳ τῶν ὑδάτων διεξόδῳ παραβάλλει καὶ Σιλωὰμ αὐτὸν καλεῖ, διὰ τὸ ἀνεπαχθὲς καὶ ἥμερον· ὃ μεγίστην φέρει τοῖς ἀρχομένοις κατηγορίαν, ὅτι μὴ βαρὺν ἔχοντες ζυγόν, νεωτερίζειν ἐπεχείρουν

καὶ ἀλλοτρίοις ἑαυτοὺς διδόναι βασιλεῦσι. Ἐπεὶ οὖν οὐ βούλονται, φησί, τὸν ἥμερον καὶ ἐπιεικῆ, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ῥασὴν καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Ῥωμελίου, ἐπάγω, φησί, τὸν Βαβυλώνιον· καὶ τὸ ῥαγδαῖον αὐτοῦ τῆς στρατιᾶς ὕδωρ ποταμοῦ φησι πολὺ καὶ ἰσχυρόν.

Εἶτα ἑρμηνεύων τὴν μεταφοράν φησι· Τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Ἀσσυρίων. Ὁρᾷς πῶς ἀδιάπτωτος ὁ λόγος ὁ ἔμπροσθεν ἡμῖν λεχθεὶς φαίνεται· ὅτι πανταχοῦ ἐν ταῖς μεταφοραῖς ἑαυτὴν ἑρμηνεύειν εἴωθεν ἡ Γραφή; Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα πεποίηκεν. Εἰποῦσα γὰρ ποταμόν, οὐκ ἐναπέμεινε τῇ μεταφορᾷ, ἀλλ' εἶπε τίνα φησὶ ποταμόν· Τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Ἀσσυρίων, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἀναβήσεται ἐπὶ πᾶσαν φάραγγα ὑμῶν καὶ περιπατήσει ἐπὶ πᾶν τεῖχος ὑμῶν. Καὶ ἀφελεῖ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἄνθρωπον, ὃς δυνήσεται κεφαλὴν ἆραι ἢ δυνατὸν συντελέσασθαί τι. Καὶ ἔσται ἡ παρεμβολὴ αὐτοῦ, ὥστε πληρῶσαι τὸ πλάτος τῆς χώρας σου. Δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνῃ δυνάμει, ἀλλ' ὀργῇ θεηλάτῳ συμβήσεται τὰ γινόμενα, οὐχ ὡς πολέμιον αὐτὸν παραταττόμενον ὑπογράφει, ἀλλ' ὡς ἐπὶ παρεσκευασμένην ἁρπαγὴν ἥκοντα. Οὐ γὰρ στήσεται, φησί, καὶ παρατάξεται, ἀλλὰ τῷ πλήθει τῶν σωμάτων καλύψει τῆς γῆς τὴν ὄψιν καὶ μετ' εὐκολίας περιέσται. Εἶτα καὶ ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ πολὺ τὸ τῆς φιλανθρωπίας.

English

He is not speaking about water, but since the spring comes forth gently and without noise, he compares the calm and mild character of the king then reigning to the gentle passage of the waters, and calls him Siloam, because of his inoffensiveness and gentleness—which brings the greatest accusation against those who are ruled, that though they had no heavy yoke, they attempted to innovate and to give themselves over to foreign kings. Since, then, they do not want the gentle and mild one, he says, but Rhasin and the son of Romelias, I bring on, he says, the Babylonian; and he calls the rushing water of his army a great and mighty river.

Then, interpreting the metaphor, he says: The king of the Assyrians. Do you see how the statement made earlier by us appears unerring—that everywhere in metaphors Scripture is accustomed to interpret itself? This indeed it has also done here. For having said "river," it did not remain within the metaphor, but said what river it means: The king of the Assyrians, and all his glory. And he shall go up over every valley of yours and shall walk over every wall of yours. And he shall take away from Judea a man who is able to lift up his head or is able to accomplish anything. And his camp shall be such as to fill the breadth of your land. Showing that what happens will come about not by human power but by God-sent wrath, he depicts him not as an enemy drawing up for battle, but as one coming for a prepared plunder. For he will not, he says, stand and draw up for battle, but by the multitude of bodies he will cover the face of the earth and will prevail with ease. Then even in the wrath there is much of loving-kindness.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:169 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὐ γὰρ ἀνασπάσεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν πόλιν ἀπειλεῖ, ἀλλ' αἰχμαλωσίαν τινὰ καὶ ἀπαγωγὴν προλέγει, τοὺς λειπομένους βουλόμενος τῇ τῶν ληφθέντων τιμωρίᾳ σωφρονεστέρους ποιῆσαι. Ἀφελεῖ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, φησίν, ἄνθρωπον, ὃς δυνήσεται κεφαλὴν ἆραι. Τοὺς ἐν δυναστείᾳ, φησί, τοὺς πάντα ἄγοντας καὶ φέροντας, τοὺς τῷ πλήθει λυμαινομένους αἰχμαλώτους ποιήσει καὶ δούλους, ὥστε τότε τοὺς καταδεεστέρους ἀναπνεῦσαι μικρὸν καὶ τῷ φόβῳ τῶν ἀπαχθέντων καὶ τῆς οἰκείας ἐλευθερίας τῇ ἀδείᾳ γενέσθαι βελτίους. Διὰ τοῦτό φησι· Δυνατὸν συντελέσασθαί τι· τουτέστι, τὸν ἰσχυρόν, τὸν ἐνεργεῖν δυνάμενον, τὸν ὁτιοῦν πρᾶξαι ἰσχύοντα. Καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἀπαγωγῆς δέ, δι' αὐτῆς τῆς ὄψεως ἱκανῶς ὑμᾶς καταπλήξει, φησίν, ὁ βάρβαρος, πᾶσαν πληρῶν τὴν γῆν τῶν βαρβαρικῶν σωμάτων. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐπήγαγε· Καὶ ἔσται ἡ παρεμβολὴ αὐτοῦ, ὥστε πληρῶσαι τὸ πλάτος τῆς χώρας σου. Μεθ' ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός. Γνῶτε, ἔθνη, καὶ ἡττᾶσθε· ἐπακούσατε ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς καὶ ἰσχύοντες ἡττᾶσθε. Ἐὰν γὰρ πάλιν ἰσχύσητε καὶ πάλιν ἡττηθήσεσθε. Καὶ ἣν ἂν βουλὴν βουλεύσησθε, διασκεδάσει Κυρίος· καὶ λόγον ὃν ἐὰν λαλήσητε, οὐ μὴ ἐμμείνῃ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὅτι μεθ' ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός. Ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ τὴν τοῦ Ἐζεκίου νίκην ἐνταῦθα προλέγειν καὶ τὸ λαμπρὸν ἐκεῖνο τρόπαιον καὶ τῆς νίκης αὐτῆς τὴν αἰτίαν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ὅπλα παρ' ἐκείνοις, φησί, καὶ στρατόπεδα ἄπειρα καὶ ἐμπειρία πολεμική, ἀλλ' ἡ πάντων δυνατωτέρα συμμαχία μεθ' ἡμῶν, τουτέστιν ὁ Θεός. Ἦλθε μὲν γὰρ ὁ βάρβαρος, καθὼς ἠπείλησεν ἔμπροσθεν καὶ πολλὰς λαβὼν πόλεις ἀπῆλθε· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐπιστρατεύσας, τἀναντία ἔπαθε.

English

For he does not threaten that he will drag their city away, but foretells a certain captivity and deportation, wishing to make those who are left more prudent by the punishment of those taken. For he removes from Judea, he says, a man who will be able to lift up his head. Those in power, he says, those who carry and bear everything, those who ravage the multitude, he will make captives and slaves, so that then the weaker may breathe a little and, by the fear of those deported and by the security of their own freedom, become better. Therefore he says: A mighty one to accomplish something; that is, the strong one, the one able to act, the one able to do anything at all. And even before the deportation, he says, by the very sight the barbarian will sufficiently strike you with terror, filling the whole land with barbarian bodies. Therefore he added: And his camp shall be, so as to fill the breadth of your land. God is with us. Know, nations, and be defeated; listen to the ends of the earth, and you who are strong, be defeated. For if you are strong again, you will be defeated again. And whatever counsel you may counsel, the Lord will scatter it; and whatever word you may speak, it shall not remain among you, because God is with us. It seems to me that he here foretells the victory of Hezekiah and that brilliant trophy and the cause of the victory itself. For even if there are arms among them, he says, and countless camps and military experience, yet the alliance stronger than all is with us, that is, God. For the barbarian came, as he threatened before, and after taking many cities departed; but afterward, when he campaigned again, he suffered the opposite.

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:170 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καὶ ταῦτα τοίνυν ὁ προφήτης προλέγει καὶ τὸν τῆς νίκης αἴτιον ἀνακηρύττει καὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τοὺς βαρβάρους ἀποτείνει τὸν λόγον. Μὴ γὰρ δὴ τῇ προτέρᾳ νίκῃ θαρρήσητε, φησίν· ἐν γὰρ τῇ νῦν ἐφόδῳ μεγίστη παρῆν ἡμῖν ἡ συμμαχία. Γνῶτε τοίνυν τοῦτο αὐτὸ καὶ ἀπόστητε, ὡς ἀδυνάτοις ἐπιχειροῦντες. Εἶτα τὸν αἴτιον τῆς νίκης ἐκείνης ἐμφαίνων, καὶ ὅτι πρὸς τὰς ἐσχατιὰς ἀφίξεται τῆς γῆς ἡ φήμη τὰ κατορθώματα φέρουσα, φησίν· Ἐπακούσατε ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἀνήκοος τῶν τότε συμβάντων ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις γέγονε· Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν· Ἐπακούσατε ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἡττᾶσθε. Μεγάλην γὰρ ἐπὶ ῥώμῃ δόξαν ὁ βάρβαρος τότε ἐκέκτητο. Ἰσχυροὺς δὲ ἐνταῦθα οὐ τοὺς ἐν τῇ τοῦ σώματος εὐεξίᾳ μεγάλους φησίν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ τῶν χρημάτων περιουσίᾳ καὶ τῇ τῆς δόξης περιφανείᾳ. Ἐὰν γὰρ πάλιν ἰσχύσητε, φησί, πάλιν ἡττηθήσεσθε καὶ ἣν ἂν βουλεύσησθε βουλήν, διασκεδάσει Κύριος καὶ λόγον ὃν ἐὰν λαλήσητε, οὐ μὴ ἐμμείνῃ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὅτι μεθ' ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πονηρὰ παρ' αὐτοῖς ἦν βουλεύματα καὶ προσεδόκων τὴν πόλιν αὐτὴν ἐκ βάθρων ἀνασπᾶσθαι καὶ

English

And the prophet foretells these things too, and proclaims the cause of the victory, and directs his speech to the barbarians themselves. For do not, he says, take courage from the former victory; for in the present assault our alliance was very great. Know this very thing, then, and stand away, as those who are attempting what is impossible. Then, showing the cause of that victory, and that the report carrying the achievements will reach the ends of the earth, he says: Hear to the end of the earth. For no one was uninformed of what happened then in Jerusalem. Therefore he says: Hear to the end of the earth, and you who are strong be defeated. For the barbarian then possessed great glory for his strength. And by "strong" here he does not mean those who are great in the good condition of the body, but also those who are great in the abundance of wealth and the splendor of glory. For if you are strong again, he says, you will be defeated again, and whatever counsel you may devise, the Lord will scatter, and whatever word you may speak, it shall not remain among you, because God is with us. For since their counsels were wicked, and they expected the city itself to be torn up from its foundations and

khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:171 · narrative
Source · Greek

οὕτως οἴκαδε ἀπελεύσεσθαι, καὶ τὰ βουλεύματα αὐτῶν ὁ προφήτης εἰς μέσον ἄγει καί φησι· μέχρι τῶν ῥημάτων ἅπαντα στήσεται. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ πράγματα ἀπήγγειλε φύσιν ἀνθρωπίνην ὑπερβαίνοντα, ἀξιόπιστον ποιῶν τὸν λόγον, ἐπὶ τὸ ἀξίωμα τοῦ κατορθοῦντος καταφεύγει, συνεχῶς λέγων, Ὅτι μεθ' ἡμῶν ὁ Θεὸς καὶ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἅπαντα ταῦτα διασκεδάσει τὰ μηχανήματα.

English

Thus they will return home, and the prophet brings their counsels into the open and says: everything will stand only as far as words. Then, since he has reported deeds that surpass human nature, making his account worthy of belief, he takes refuge in the dignity of the one who accomplishes it, saying continually, "For God is with us," and that he himself will scatter all these devices.

Citation. Tergwame, “In Isaiam”, khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam:1, machine-draft, 2026. https://naxiai.com/christian/works/khazarzar-john-chrysostom-in-isaiam#s1
Colophon. Source: khazarzar · licence: Migne PG text (public domain); khazarzar host and the digitising project state no licence for this layer · model: deepseek/deepseek-v4.1-flash:floor · provider: Baidu · cost: $0.0201 · generated 2026-11-15.